blob: 0be16057e5b5de8286013b612769dfdd8d54b8bc [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02005# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000011This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000012Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000016
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000018the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000020support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000035"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000037In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +020038who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010039maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000040
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000041Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
42it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
43
44 make CHANGELOG
45
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000046
47Where to get help:
48==================
49
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
51U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050052<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
53on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
54Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
55http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
57
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010058Where to get source code:
59=========================
60
61The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
62git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
63http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
64
65The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020066any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010067available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
68directory.
69
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010070Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010071ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
72
73
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000074Where we come from:
75===================
76
77- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000078- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000079- clean up code
80- make it easier to add custom boards
81- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
82- extend functions, especially:
83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
84 * S-Record download
85 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020086 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000087- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000088- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +020090- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091
92
93Names and Spelling:
94===================
95
96The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
97"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
98in source files etc.). Example:
99
100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
101
102File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
103
104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
105
106 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
107
108Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
109the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
110
111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000113
114
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000115Versioning:
116===========
117
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200118Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
119were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
120into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
121names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
122Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
123releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000124
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200125Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000129
130
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000131Directory Hierarchy:
132====================
133
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500134/arch Architecture specific files
Masahiro Yamada6eae68e2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900135 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture
136 /cpu CPU specific files
137 /arc700 Files specific to ARC 700 CPUs
138 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500139 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
140 /cpu CPU specific files
141 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
142 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000143 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200144 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
145 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500146 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
147 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500148 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500149 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
150 /lib Architecture specific library files
151 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
152 /cpu CPU specific files
153 /lib Architecture specific library files
154 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
155 /cpu CPU specific files
156 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500157 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
158 /cpu CPU specific files
159 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
160 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
161 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
162 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
163 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
164 /lib Architecture specific library files
165 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
166 /cpu CPU specific files
167 /lib Architecture specific library files
168 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
169 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200170 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Masahiro Yamada6eae68e2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900171 /mips64 Files specific to MIPS64 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500172 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000173 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
174 /cpu CPU specific files
175 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
176 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500177 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
178 /cpu CPU specific files
179 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400180 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
181 /cpu CPU specific files
182 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200183 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500184 /cpu CPU specific files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500185 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
186 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
187 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500188 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
189 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
190 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
191 /lib Architecture specific library files
192 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
193 /cpu CPU specific files
194 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
195 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
196 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
197 /lib Architecture specific library files
198 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
199 /cpu CPU specific files
200 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
201 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
202 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400203 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
204 /cpu CPU specific files
205 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500206/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
207/board Board dependent files
208/common Misc architecture independent functions
209/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
210/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
211/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400212/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500213/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
214/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
215/include Header Files
216/lib Files generic to all architectures
217 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
218 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
219 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
220/net Networking code
221/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400222/spl Secondary Program Loader framework
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500223/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000224
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000225Software Configuration:
226=======================
227
228Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
229rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
230
231There are two classes of configuration variables:
232
233* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
234 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
235 "CONFIG_".
236
237* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
238 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
239 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200240 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000241
242Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
243identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
244do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
245links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
246as an example here.
247
248
249Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
250---------------------------------------------------
251
252For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200253configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_defconfig".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000254
255Example: For a TQM823L module type:
256
257 cd u-boot
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200258 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000259
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200260For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200261e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_defconfig". And also configure the cogent
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000262directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
263
264
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600265Sandbox Environment:
266--------------------
267
268U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox'
269board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture-
270specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to
271run some of U-Boot's tests.
272
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki6b1978f2014-08-31 21:19:43 +0530273See board/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details.
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600274
275
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700276Board Initialisation Flow:
277--------------------------
278
279This is the intended start-up flow for boards. This should apply for both
280SPL and U-Boot proper (i.e. they both follow the same rules). At present SPL
281mostly uses a separate code path, but the funtion names and roles of each
282function are the same. Some boards or architectures may not conform to this.
283At least most ARM boards which use CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK conform to this.
284
285Execution starts with start.S with three functions called during init after
286that. The purpose and limitations of each is described below.
287
288lowlevel_init():
289 - purpose: essential init to permit execution to reach board_init_f()
290 - no global_data or BSS
291 - there is no stack (ARMv7 may have one but it will soon be removed)
292 - must not set up SDRAM or use console
293 - must only do the bare minimum to allow execution to continue to
294 board_init_f()
295 - this is almost never needed
296 - return normally from this function
297
298board_init_f():
299 - purpose: set up the machine ready for running board_init_r():
300 i.e. SDRAM and serial UART
301 - global_data is available
302 - stack is in SRAM
303 - BSS is not available, so you cannot use global/static variables,
304 only stack variables and global_data
305
306 Non-SPL-specific notes:
307 - dram_init() is called to set up DRAM. If already done in SPL this
308 can do nothing
309
310 SPL-specific notes:
311 - you can override the entire board_init_f() function with your own
312 version as needed.
313 - preloader_console_init() can be called here in extremis
314 - should set up SDRAM, and anything needed to make the UART work
315 - these is no need to clear BSS, it will be done by crt0.S
316 - must return normally from this function (don't call board_init_r()
317 directly)
318
319Here the BSS is cleared. For SPL, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined, then at
320this point the stack and global_data are relocated to below
321CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR. For non-SPL, U-Boot is relocated to run at the top of
322memory.
323
324board_init_r():
325 - purpose: main execution, common code
326 - global_data is available
327 - SDRAM is available
328 - BSS is available, all static/global variables can be used
329 - execution eventually continues to main_loop()
330
331 Non-SPL-specific notes:
332 - U-Boot is relocated to the top of memory and is now running from
333 there.
334
335 SPL-specific notes:
336 - stack is optionally in SDRAM, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined and
337 CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR points into SDRAM
338 - preloader_console_init() can be called here - typically this is
339 done by defining CONFIG_SPL_BOARD_INIT and then supplying a
340 spl_board_init() function containing this call
341 - loads U-Boot or (in falcon mode) Linux
342
343
344
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000345Configuration Options:
346----------------------
347
348Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
349such information is kept in a configuration file
350"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
351
352Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
353"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
354
355
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000356Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
357kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
358build a config tool - later.
359
360
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000361The following options need to be configured:
362
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500363- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000364
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500365- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200366
367- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100368 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000369
370- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
371 Define exactly one of
372 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
373--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
374 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
375 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
376
377- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
378 Define exactly one of
379 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
380
381- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
382 Define one or more of
383 CONFIG_CMA302
384
385- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
386 Define one or more of
387 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200388 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000389 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
390
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530391- Marvell Family Member
392 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
393 multiple fs option at one time
394 for marvell soc family
395
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200396- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000397 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
398 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000399 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
400 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000401 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
402 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000403
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000404- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200405 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
406 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000407 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000408 See doc/README.MPC866
409
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200410 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000411
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000412 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
413 of relying on the correctness of the configured
414 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
415 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
416 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200417 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000418
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100419 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
420
421 Define this option if you want to enable the
422 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
423
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600424- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000425 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
426
427 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
428 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
429 compliance, among other possible reasons.
430
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600431 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
432
433 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
434 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
435 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
436
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500437 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
438
439 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
440 tree nodes for the given platform.
441
Prabhakar Kushwahaafa6b552012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000442 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
443
444 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
445 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
446 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
447 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
448 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
449 purpose.
450
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000451 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
452
453 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
454 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
455 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
456
457 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
458 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
459
460 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
461 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
462
463 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
464 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
465 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
466 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
467
468 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
469 this erratum.
470
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530471 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
472 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800473 required during NOR boot.
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530474
Prabhakar Kushwaha9f074e62014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530475 CONFIG_A008044_WORKAROUND
476 Enables a workaround for T1040/T1042 erratum A008044. It is only
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800477 required during NAND boot and valid for Rev 1.0 SoC revision
Prabhakar Kushwaha9f074e62014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530478
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000479 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
480
481 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
482 according to the A004510 workaround.
483
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530484 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
485 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
486 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
487
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530488 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
489 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
490 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
491
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530492 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
493 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
494 connected to the DSP core.
495
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530496 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
497 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
498
Priyanka Jainb1359912013-12-17 14:25:52 +0530499 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
500 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
501 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
502 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
503
Aneesh Bansalfb4a2402014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530504 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F
505 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the
506 time of U-boot entry and is required to be re-initialized.
507
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800508 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800509 Indicates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800510 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up.
511
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000512- Generic CPU options:
York Sun2a1680e2014-05-02 17:28:04 -0700513 CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA
514 Defines global data is initialized in generic board board_init_f().
515 If this macro is defined, global data is created and cleared in
516 generic board board_init_f(). Without this macro, architecture/board
517 should initialize global data before calling board_init_f().
518
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000519 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
520
521 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
522 values is arch specific.
523
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700524 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
525 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
526 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
527 SoCs.
528
529 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
530 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
531
532 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
533 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
534 deskew training are not available.
535
536 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
537 Freescale DDR1 controller.
538
539 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
540 Freescale DDR2 controller.
541
542 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
543 Freescale DDR3 controller.
544
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700545 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4
546 Freescale DDR4 controller.
547
York Sun9ac4ffb2013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700548 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
549 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
550
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700551 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
552 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
553 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
554 implemetation.
555
556 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
557 Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with
558 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
559 implementation.
560
561 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
562 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700563 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers.
564
565 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L
566 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with
567 DDR3L controllers.
568
569 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
570 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with
571 DDR4 controllers.
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700572
Prabhakar Kushwaha1b4175d2014-01-18 12:28:30 +0530573 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
574 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
575
576 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
577 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
578
Prabhakar Kushwaha690e4252014-01-13 11:28:04 +0530579 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
580 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
581 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
582
583 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
584 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
585 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
586 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
587
Prabhakar Kushwaha89ad7be2014-04-08 19:13:34 +0530588 CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL
589 It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format
590 concatenated with u-boot binary.
591
York Sun4e5b1bd2014-02-10 13:59:42 -0800592 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
593 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
594
595 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
596 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
597
York Sun6b9e3092014-02-10 13:59:43 -0800598 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
599 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
600 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
601 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
602
York Sun6b1e1252014-02-10 13:59:44 -0800603 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
604 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
605 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
606 SoCs with ARM core.
607
York Sun1d71efb2014-08-01 15:51:00 -0700608 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_MAIN_NUM_CTRLS
609 Number of controllers used as main memory.
610
611 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OTHER_DDR_NUM_CTRLS
612 Number of controllers used for other than main memory.
613
Ruchika Gupta028dbb82014-09-09 11:50:31 +0530614 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
615 Defines the SEC controller register space as Big Endian
616
617 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_LE
618 Defines the SEC controller register space as Little Endian
619
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100620- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200621 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100622
623 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
624 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
625 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
626
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200627 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200628
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100629 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
630 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200631 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100632 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200633
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200634- MIPS CPU options:
635 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
636
637 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
638 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
639 relocation.
640
641 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
642
643 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
644 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
645 Possible values are:
646 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
647 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
648 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
649 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
650 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
651 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
652 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
653 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
654
655 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
656
657 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
658 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
659
660 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
661
662 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
663 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
664 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
665
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000666- ARM options:
667 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
668
669 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
670 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
671
Aneesh V5356f542012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000672 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
673
674 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
675 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
676 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
677 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
678 GCC.
679
Stephen Warrenc5d47522013-03-04 13:29:40 +0000680 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000681 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
682 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
683 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
Nitin Gargb7588e32014-04-02 08:55:02 -0500684 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_761320
Ian Campbelle392b922015-09-29 10:27:09 +0100685 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_773022
686 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_774769
687 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_794072
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000688
689 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
690 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
691 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
692 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
693 set these options unless they apply!
694
York Sun207774b2015-03-20 19:28:08 -0700695 COUNTER_FREQUENCY
696 Generic timer clock source frequency.
697
698 COUNTER_FREQUENCY_REAL
699 Generic timer clock source frequency if the real clock is
700 different from COUNTER_FREQUENCY, and can only be determined
701 at run time.
702
Nishanth Menonc616a0d2015-03-09 17:11:59 -0500703 NOTE: The following can be machine specific errata. These
704 do have ability to provide rudimentary version and machine
705 specific checks, but expect no product checks.
Nishanth Menon5902f4c2015-03-09 17:12:01 -0500706 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_430973
Nishanth Menonb45c48a2015-03-09 17:12:00 -0500707 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_454179
Nishanth Menon9b4d65f2015-03-09 17:12:02 -0500708 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_621766
Nishanth Menonc616a0d2015-03-09 17:11:59 -0500709 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_798870
Nishanth Menona615d0b2015-07-27 16:26:05 -0500710 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_801819
Nishanth Menonc616a0d2015-03-09 17:11:59 -0500711
Stephen Warren73c38932015-01-19 16:25:52 -0700712- Tegra SoC options:
713 CONFIG_TEGRA_SUPPORT_NON_SECURE
714
715 Support executing U-Boot in non-secure (NS) mode. Certain
716 impossible actions will be skipped if the CPU is in NS mode,
717 such as ARM architectural timer initialization.
718
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000719- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000720 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
721
722 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
723 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
724 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
725 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
726 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
727 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
728 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000729 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100730 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000731 default environment.
732
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000733 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
734
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800735 When transferring memsize parameter to Linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000736 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
737 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
738
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400739 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200740
741 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400742 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
743 concepts).
744
745 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
746 * New libfdt-based support
747 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500748 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400749
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200750 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
751 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
752 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
753 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200754 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600755 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200756
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200757 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
758 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500759
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600760 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
761
762 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
763 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000764
Simon Glassc654b512014-10-23 18:58:54 -0600765 CONFIG_OF_SYSTEM_SETUP
766
767 Other code has addition modification that it wants to make
768 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel.
769 This causes ft_system_setup() to be called before booting
770 the kernel.
771
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500772 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
773
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200774 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500775 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
776
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200777 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
778
779 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
780 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
781 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
782 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
783 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
784 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
785
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000786 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
787
788 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
789 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
790 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
791 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
792 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
793 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
794 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
795
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100796- vxWorks boot parameters:
797
798 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
Bin Meng9e98b7e2015-10-07 20:19:17 -0700799 environments variables: bootdev, bootfile, ipaddr, netmask,
800 serverip, gatewayip, hostname, othbootargs.
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100801 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
802
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100803 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
804 the defaults discussed just above.
805
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000806- Cache Configuration:
807 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
808 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
809 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
810
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000811- Cache Configuration for ARM:
812 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
813 controller
814 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
815 controller register space
816
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000817- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200818 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000819
820 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
821
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200822 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000823
824 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
825
826 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
827
828 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
829 the clock speed of the UARTs.
830
831 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
832
833 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
834 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
835 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
836
Karicheri, Muralidharand57dee52014-04-09 15:38:46 -0400837 CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL
838
839 Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver.
840 Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000841
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000842- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000843 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
844 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
845 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
846 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000847
848 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
849 port routines must be defined elsewhere
850 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
851
852 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
853 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000854 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000855 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
856 (default big endian)
857 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
858 rectangle fill
859 (cf. smiLynxEM)
860 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
861 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
862 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
863 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000864 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
865 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000866 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
867 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000868 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000869 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
Simon Glass39f615e2015-11-11 10:05:47 -0700870 (i.e. rx51_kp_init())
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000871 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
Simon Glass39f615e2015-11-11 10:05:47 -0700872 (i.e. rx51_kp_tstc)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000873 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
Simon Glass39f615e2015-11-11 10:05:47 -0700874 (i.e. rx51_kp_getc)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000875 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
876 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000877 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
878 linux_logo.h for logo.
879 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000880 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200881 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000882 the logo
883
Pali Rohár33a35bb2012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000884 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
885 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
886 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
887
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000888 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
889 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
890 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000891
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000892 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
893 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
894 the "silent" environment variable. See
895 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000896
Heiko Schocher45ae2542013-10-22 11:06:06 +0200897 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default
898 is 0x00.
899 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default
900 is 0xa0.
901
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000902- Console Baudrate:
903 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
904 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200905 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
906 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000907
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100908- Console Rx buffer length
909 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
910 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100911 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100912 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
913 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
914 the SMC.
915
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000916- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200917 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
918 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
919 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
920 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
921 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
922 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
923 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200924 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200925 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000926
Hans de Goedea8552c72015-05-05 13:13:36 +0200927 Note that when printing the buffer a copy is made on the
928 stack so CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ must fit on the stack.
929
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200930 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
931 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000932
Sonny Rao046a37b2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000933- Safe printf() functions
934 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
935 the printf() functions. These are defined in
936 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
937 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
938 If this option is not given then these functions will
939 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
940 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
941
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000942- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
943 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
944 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger93d72122012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000945 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
946 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000947
948 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
949 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
950 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
951 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
952 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
953 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
954 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
955 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000956 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
957 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
958
959- Autoboot Command:
960 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
961 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
962 define a command string that is automatically executed
963 when no character is read on the console interface
964 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
965
966 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000967 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
968 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
969 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000970
971 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000972 The value of these goes into the environment as
973 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
974 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200975 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000976
Heiko Schochereda0ba32013-11-04 14:04:59 +0100977- Bootcount:
978 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
979 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
980 cycle, see:
981 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
982
983 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
984 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
985 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
986 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
987 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
988 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
989 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
990 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
991 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
992
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000993- Pre-Boot Commands:
994 CONFIG_PREBOOT
995
996 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
997 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
998 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
999 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
1000 entering interactive mode.
1001
1002 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
1003 automatically generated or modified. For an example
1004 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
1005 modified when the user holds down a certain
1006 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
1007 booting the systems
1008
1009- Serial Download Echo Mode:
1010 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
1011 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
1012 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
1013 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
1014 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
1015 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
1016 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
1017
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001018- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001019 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
1020 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001021 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001022
1023- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001024 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
1025 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +00001026 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
Joe Hershbergeref0f2f52015-06-22 16:15:30 -05001027 commands, or adding #define's for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001028
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001029 The default command configuration includes all commands
1030 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001031
Marek Vasutb401b732014-03-05 19:58:39 +01001032 CONFIG_CMD_AES AES 128 CBC encrypt/decrypt
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001033 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001034 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
1035 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
1036 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
1037 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
1038 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
Tom Rinid2b2ffe2014-08-14 06:42:36 -04001039 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTI * ARM64 Linux kernel Image support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001040 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
Michal Simek08d0d6f2013-11-21 13:39:02 -08001041 CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001042 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -05001043 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001044 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
1045 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
1046 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -06001047 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
1048 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
1049 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
1050 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001051 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
1052 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -05001053 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001054 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
1055 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger5e2b3e02012-12-11 22:16:25 -06001056 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergerfffad712012-12-11 22:16:33 -06001057 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Andrew Ruder88733e22013-10-22 19:07:34 -05001058 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -05001059 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +00001060 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
1061 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Stephen Warren16f4d932014-01-24 20:46:37 -07001062 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls)
1063 that work for multiple fs types
Christian Gmeiner59e890e2014-11-12 14:35:04 +01001064 CONFIG_CMD_FS_UUID * Look up a filesystem UUID
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -05001065 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001066 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +00001067 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001068 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
1069 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001070 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
Anton Staaf53fdc7e2012-12-05 14:46:29 +00001071 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -05001072 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +00001073 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00001074 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001075 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
1076 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
1077 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
1078 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar8fdf1e02012-12-16 22:32:48 +00001079 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001080 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001081 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Simon Glassaa532332014-06-11 23:29:41 -06001082 CONFIG_CMD_IOTRACE * I/O tracing for debugging
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -05001083 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +00001084 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001085 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
1086 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
1087 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
1088 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001089 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001090 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
1091 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001092 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
1093 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001094 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001095 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glass15a33e42012-11-30 13:01:20 +00001096 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001097 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denka2681702013-03-08 10:51:32 +00001098 loop, loopw
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001099 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001100 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
1101 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
1102 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +01001103 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001104 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
1105 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001106 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001107 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001108 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001109 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
1110 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
1111 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
1112 host
1113 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersff048ea2012-12-05 14:46:30 +00001114 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001115 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
1116 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassd3049312012-12-26 09:53:36 +00001117 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001118 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
1119 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
1120 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
1121 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
1122 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
1123 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07001124 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001125 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001126 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Bob Liu7d861d92013-02-05 19:05:41 +08001127 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02001128 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001129 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +00001130 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00001131 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +00001132 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
1133 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001134 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001135 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +00001136 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001137 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
Przemyslaw Marczak89c82302014-04-02 10:20:05 +02001138 CONFIG_CMD_UUID * Generate random UUID or GUID string
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001139
1140 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
1141 support you can write:
1142
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001143 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
1144 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001145
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -04001146 Other Commands:
1147 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001148
1149 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001150 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001151 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
1152 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
1153 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
1154 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
1155 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
1156 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001157
1158
1159 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
1160
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001161- Regular expression support:
1162 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001163 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
1164 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
1165 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
1166 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001167
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001168- Device tree:
1169 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
1170 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
1171 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
1172 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
1173 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
1174 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
1175
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001176 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
1177 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +00001178
1179 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
1180 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
1181 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
1182 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
1183 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
1184 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001185
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001186 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
1187 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
1188 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
1189 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
1190
1191 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
1192
1193 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
1194 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
1195 still use the individual files if you need something more
1196 exotic.
1197
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001198- Watchdog:
1199 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
1200 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +00001201 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
1202 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
1203 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
1204 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
1205 available, then no further board specific code should
1206 be needed to use it.
1207
1208 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
1209 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
1210 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
1211 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001212
Heiko Schocher7bae0d62015-01-21 08:38:22 +01001213 CONFIG_AT91_HW_WDT_TIMEOUT
1214 specify the timeout in seconds. default 2 seconds.
1215
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001216- U-Boot Version:
1217 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1218 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1219 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1220 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e512012-08-13 15:01:14 +02001221 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1222 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001223
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001224- Real-Time Clock:
1225
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001226 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001227 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1228 following options:
1229
1230 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1231 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001232 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001233 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001234 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001235 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001236 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
Markus Niebel412921d2014-07-21 11:06:16 +02001237 CONFIG_RTC_DS1339 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1339 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001238 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001239 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001240 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001241 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001242 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1243 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001244
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001245 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1246 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1247
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001248- GPIO Support:
1249 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001250
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001251 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1252 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1253 pins supported by a particular chip.
1254
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001255 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1256 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1257
Simon Glassaa532332014-06-11 23:29:41 -06001258- I/O tracing:
1259 When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O
1260 accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out
1261 to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is
1262 useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that
1263 the driver behaves the same way before and after a code
1264 change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To
1265 add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>'
1266 to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test.
1267
1268 Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below.
1269 Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will
1270 still continue to operate.
1271
1272 iotrace is enabled
1273 Start: 10000000 (buffer start address)
1274 Size: 00010000 (buffer size)
1275 Offset: 00000120 (current buffer offset)
1276 Output: 10000120 (start + offset)
1277 Count: 00000018 (number of trace records)
1278 CRC32: 9526fb66 (CRC32 of all trace records)
1279
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001280- Timestamp Support:
1281
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001282 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1283 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1284 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001285 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001286
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001287- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1288 Zero or more of the following:
1289 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1290 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1291 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1292 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1293 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1294 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1295 disk/part_efi.c
1296 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001297
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001298 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1299 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001300 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001301
1302- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001303 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1304 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001305
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001306 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1307 be performed by calling the function
1308 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1309 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001310
1311- ATAPI Support:
1312 CONFIG_ATAPI
1313
1314 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1315
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001316- LBA48 Support
1317 CONFIG_LBA48
1318
1319 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001320 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001321 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1322 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1323
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001324 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001325 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1326 Default is 32bit.
1327
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001328- SCSI Support:
1329 At the moment only there is only support for the
1330 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1331 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1332
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001333 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1334 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1335 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001336 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1337 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001338 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001339
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001340 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1341 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001342
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001343- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001344 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001345 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1346
1347 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1348 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1349 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1350 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1351
1352 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1353 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1354 example with the "sspi" command.
1355
1356 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1357 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1358 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001359
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001360 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1361 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001362 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001363 write routine for first time initialisation.
1364
1365 CONFIG_TULIP
1366 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1367 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1368 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1369
1370 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1371 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1372
1373 CONFIG_NS8382X
1374 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1375
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001376- NETWORK Support (other):
1377
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001378 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1379 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1380
1381 CONFIG_RMII
1382 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1383
1384 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1385 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1386 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1387
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001388 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1389 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1390
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001391 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001392 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1393
1394 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1395 Define this to hold the physical address
1396 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1397
1398 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1399 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1400
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001401 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001402 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1403
1404 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1405 Define this to hold the physical address
1406 of the device (I/O space)
1407
1408 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1409 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1410
1411 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1412 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1413 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1414
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001415 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1416 Support for davinci emac
1417
1418 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1419 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1420
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001421 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1422 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1423
1424 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1425 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1426 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1427 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1428 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1429 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1430 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1431 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1432
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001433 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001434 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1435
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001436 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001437 Define this to hold the physical address
1438 of the device (I/O space)
1439
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001440 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001441 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1442
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001443 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001444 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1445 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001446 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001447
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001448 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1449 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1450
1451 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1452 Define the number of ports to be used
1453
1454 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1455 Define the ETH PHY's address
1456
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001457 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1458 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1459
Heiko Schocherb2f97cf2014-07-18 06:07:19 +02001460- PWM Support:
1461 CONFIG_PWM_IMX
1462 Support for PWM modul on the imx6.
1463
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001464- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001465 CONFIG_TPM
1466 Support TPM devices.
1467
Christophe Ricard0766ad22015-10-06 22:54:41 +02001468 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_INFINEON
1469 Support for Infineon i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001470 per system is supported at this time.
1471
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001472 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1473 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1474
Dirk Eibachc01939c2013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001475 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1476 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1477
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001478 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001479 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1480 per system is supported at this time.
1481
1482 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1483 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1484 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1485 0xfed40000.
1486
Reinhard Pfaube6c1522013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001487 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1488 Add tpm monitor functions.
1489 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1490 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1491
1492 CONFIG_TPM
1493 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1494 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1495 Requires support for a TPM device.
1496
1497 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1498 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1499 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1500
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001501- USB Support:
1502 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001503 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001504 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1505 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001506 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001507 storage devices.
1508 Note:
1509 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1510 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001511 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1512 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1513 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001514 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1515 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001516 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1517 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1518 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001519 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1520 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001521 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001522 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1523 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001524
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001525 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1526 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1527
Oleksandr Tymoshenko6e9e0622014-02-01 21:51:25 -07001528 CONFIG_USB_DWC2_REG_ADDR the physical CPU address of the DWC2
1529 HW module registers.
1530
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001531- USB Device:
1532 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1533 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1534 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001535 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001536 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1537 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001538 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001539 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1540 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1541 a Linux host by
1542 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1543 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1544 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1545 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001546
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001547 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1548 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001549
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001550 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1551 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1552 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001553
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301554 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1555 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1556 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1557 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1558 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1559 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1560 speed.
1561
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001562 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001563 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1564 be set to usbtty.
1565
1566 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001567 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001568 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001569 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001570
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001571 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001572 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001573 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001574
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001575 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001576 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001577 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001578 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1579 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1580 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1581
1582 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1583 Define this string as the name of your company for
1584 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001585
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001586 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1587 Define this string as the name of your product
1588 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1589
1590 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1591 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1592 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1593 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1594 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001595
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001596 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1597 Define this as the unique Product ID
1598 for your device
1599 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001600
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001601- ULPI Layer Support:
1602 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1603 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1604 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1605 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1606 viewport is supported.
1607 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1608 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001609 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1610 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1611 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001612
1613- MMC Support:
1614 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1615 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1616 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1617 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001618 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1619 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001620
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001621 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1622 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1623
1624 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1625 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1626
1627 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1628 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1629
Pierre Aubert1fd93c62014-04-24 10:30:08 +02001630 CONFIG_GENERIC_MMC
1631 Enable the generic MMC driver
1632
1633 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT
1634 Enable some additional features of the eMMC boot partitions.
1635
1636 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB
1637 Enable the commands for reading, writing and programming the
1638 key for the Replay Protection Memory Block partition in eMMC.
1639
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001640- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
Paul Kocialkowski01acd6a2015-06-12 19:56:58 +02001641 CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_DFU
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001642 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1643
1644 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1645 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1646 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1647 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1648 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1649
1650 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1651 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1652
Pantelis Antoniouc6631762013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001653 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1654 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1655
Afzal Mohammeda9479f02013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301656 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1657 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1658 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1659 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1660 one that would help mostly the developer.
1661
Heiko Schochere7e75c72013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001662 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1663 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1664 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1665 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1666 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1667
Pantelis Antoniouea2453d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001668 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1669 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1670 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1671 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1672 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1673 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1674
Heiko Schocher001a8312014-03-18 08:09:56 +01001675 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1676 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1677 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1678 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1679
1680 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1681 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1682 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1683 sending again an USB request to the device.
1684
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001685- USB Device Android Fastboot support:
Paul Kocialkowski17da3c02015-06-12 19:56:59 +02001686 CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_FASTBOOT
1687 This enables the USB part of the fastboot gadget
1688
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001689 CONFIG_CMD_FASTBOOT
1690 This enables the command "fastboot" which enables the Android
1691 fastboot mode for the platform's USB device. Fastboot is a USB
1692 protocol for downloading images, flashing and device control
1693 used on Android devices.
1694 See doc/README.android-fastboot for more information.
1695
1696 CONFIG_ANDROID_BOOT_IMAGE
1697 This enables support for booting images which use the Android
1698 image format header.
1699
Paul Kocialkowskia588d992015-07-20 12:38:22 +02001700 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001701 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1702 downloads. Define this to the starting RAM address to use for
1703 downloaded images.
1704
Paul Kocialkowskia588d992015-07-20 12:38:22 +02001705 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_SIZE
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001706 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1707 downloads. This buffer should be as large as possible for a
1708 platform. Define this to the size available RAM for fastboot.
1709
Steve Raed1b5ed02014-08-26 11:47:28 -07001710 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH
1711 The fastboot protocol includes a "flash" command for writing
1712 the downloaded image to a non-volatile storage device. Define
1713 this to enable the "fastboot flash" command.
1714
1715 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH_MMC_DEV
1716 The fastboot "flash" command requires additional information
1717 regarding the non-volatile storage device. Define this to
1718 the eMMC device that fastboot should use to store the image.
1719
Steve Rae0ff7e582014-12-12 15:51:54 -08001720 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_GPT_NAME
1721 The fastboot "flash" command supports writing the downloaded
1722 image to the Protective MBR and the Primary GUID Partition
1723 Table. (Additionally, this downloaded image is post-processed
1724 to generate and write the Backup GUID Partition Table.)
1725 This occurs when the specified "partition name" on the
1726 "fastboot flash" command line matches this value.
1727 Default is GPT_ENTRY_NAME (currently "gpt") if undefined.
1728
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001729- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1730 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1731 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1732 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1733
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001734 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1735 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001736 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1737
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001738 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001739 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1740 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1741
1742 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001743 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001744 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1745 have not defined a custom partition
1746
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001747- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1748 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001749
1750 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1751 file in FAT formatted partition.
1752
1753 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1754 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001755
Gabe Black84cd9322012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001756CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1757 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1758
1759 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1760 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1761 and cbfsload.
1762
Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu4f0d1a22014-05-26 19:18:37 +05301763- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem cluster size:
1764 CONFIG_FS_FAT_MAX_CLUSTSIZE
1765
1766 Define the max cluster size for fat operations else
1767 a default value of 65536 will be defined.
1768
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001769- Keyboard Support:
Simon Glass39f615e2015-11-11 10:05:47 -07001770 See Kconfig help for available keyboard drivers.
1771
1772 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
1773
1774 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1775 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1776 defined in your board-specific files. This option is deprecated
1777 and is only used by novena. For new boards, use driver model
1778 instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001779
1780- Video support:
1781 CONFIG_VIDEO
1782
1783 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1784 video).
1785
1786 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1787
1788 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1789
1790 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001791 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001792 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1793 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1794 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001795
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001796 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001797 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001798 are possible:
1799 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001800 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001801
1802 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1803 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1804 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1805 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1806 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1807 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1808 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001809 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1810
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001811 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001812 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001813
1814
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001815 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001816 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001817 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1818 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1819
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001820 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001821 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001822 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1823 support, and should also define these other macros:
1824
1825 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1826 CONFIG_VIDEO
1827 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1828 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1829 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1830 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1831 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1832 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1833
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001834 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1835 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1836 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1837 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001838
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001839- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1840
1841 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1842 display); also select one of the supported displays
1843 by defining one of these:
1844
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001845 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1846
1847 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1848
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001849 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001850
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001851 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001852
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001853 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001854
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001855 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1856 Active, color, single scan.
1857
1858 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1859
1860 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001861 Active, color, single scan.
1862
1863 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1864
1865 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1866 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1867
1868 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1869
1870 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1871 Active, color, single scan.
1872
1873 CONFIG_HLD1045
1874
1875 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1876 Active, color, single scan.
1877
1878 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1879
1880 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1881 or
1882 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1883 or
1884 Hitachi SP14Q002
1885
1886 320x240. Black & white.
1887
1888 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001889 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001890
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001891 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1892
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001893 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (typically 4KB). If this is
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001894 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1895 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1896 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1897 a per-section basis.
1898
Simon Glass0d89efe2012-10-17 13:24:59 +00001899 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1900
1901 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1902 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1903 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1904 is slow.
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001905
Hannes Petermaier604c7d42015-03-27 08:01:38 +01001906 CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION
1907
1908 Sometimes, for example if the display is mounted in portrait
1909 mode or even if it's mounted landscape but rotated by 180degree,
1910 we need to rotate our content of the display relative to the
1911 framebuffer, so that user can read the messages which are
1912 printed out.
1913 Once CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is defined, the lcd_console will be
1914 initialized with a given rotation from "vl_rot" out of
1915 "vidinfo_t" which is provided by the board specific code.
1916 The value for vl_rot is coded as following (matching to
1917 fbcon=rotate:<n> linux-kernel commandline):
1918 0 = no rotation respectively 0 degree
1919 1 = 90 degree rotation
1920 2 = 180 degree rotation
1921 3 = 270 degree rotation
1922
1923 If CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is not defined, the console will be
1924 initialized with 0degree rotation.
1925
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001926 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1927
1928 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1929
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001930 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1931
1932 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1933 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1934
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001935- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001936
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001937 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1938 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1939 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001940 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001941 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1942 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1943 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1944 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001945
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001946 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1947
1948 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1949 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
Tom Rini1551df32014-02-25 10:27:01 -05001950 (see README.displaying-bmps).
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001951 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1952 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1953 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1954 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1955 there is no need to set this option.
1956
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001957 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1958
1959 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1960 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1961 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1962 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1963 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1964 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1965
1966 Example:
1967 setenv splashpos m,m
1968 => image at center of screen
1969
1970 setenv splashpos 30,20
1971 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1972
1973 setenv splashpos -10,m
1974 => vertically centered image
1975 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1976
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001977- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1978
1979 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1980 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1981 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1982
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001983- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1984
1985 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1986 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1987 bmp command.
1988
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001989- Do compressing for memory range:
Lei Wenf2b96df2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00001990 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1991
1992 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1993 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1994
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001995- Compression support:
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001996 CONFIG_GZIP
1997
1998 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
1999
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00002000 CONFIG_BZIP2
2001
2002 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
2003 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
2004 compressed images are supported.
2005
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00002006 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002007 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00002008 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00002009
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02002010 CONFIG_LZMA
2011
2012 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
2013 images is included.
2014
2015 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
2016 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
2017 formula:
2018
2019 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
2020
2021 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
2022 and Literal pos bits.
2023
2024 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
2025 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
2026 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
2027 a very small buffer.
2028
2029 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
2030 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002031 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02002032
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07002033 CONFIG_LZO
2034
2035 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
2036 is included.
2037
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002038- MII/PHY support:
2039 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
2040
2041 The address of PHY on MII bus.
2042
2043 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
2044
2045 The clock frequency of the MII bus
2046
2047 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
2048
2049 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002050 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002051
2052 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
2053
2054 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
2055 reset before any MII register access is possible.
2056 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
2057 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
2058
2059 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
2060
2061 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
2062 command issued before MII status register can be read
2063
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002064- IP address:
2065 CONFIG_IPADDR
2066
2067 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002068 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002069 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00002070 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002071
2072- Server IP address:
2073 CONFIG_SERVERIP
2074
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002075 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002076 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00002077 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002078
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04002079 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
2080
2081 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
2082 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
2083
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00002084- Gateway IP address:
2085 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
2086
2087 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
2088 default router where packets to other networks are
2089 sent to.
2090 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
2091
2092- Subnet mask:
2093 CONFIG_NETMASK
2094
2095 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
2096 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
2097 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
2098 forwarded through a router.
2099 (Environment variable "netmask")
2100
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05002101- Multicast TFTP Mode:
2102 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
2103
2104 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
2105 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002106 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05002107 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
2108 multicast group.
2109
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002110- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
2111 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
2112
2113 If you have many targets in a network that try to
2114 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
2115 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
2116 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
2117 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
2118 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
2119 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
2120 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02002121 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002122
2123 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
2124 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
2125 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
2126 4th and following
2127 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
2128
Thierry Reding92ac8ac2014-08-19 10:21:24 +02002129 CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE
2130
2131 BOOTP packets are uniquely identified using a 32-bit ID. The
2132 server will copy the ID from client requests to responses and
2133 U-Boot will use this to determine if it is the destination of
2134 an incoming response. Some servers will check that addresses
2135 aren't in use before handing them out (usually using an ARP
2136 ping) and therefore take up to a few hundred milliseconds to
2137 respond. Network congestion may also influence the time it
2138 takes for a response to make it back to the client. If that
2139 time is too long, U-Boot will retransmit requests. In order
2140 to allow earlier responses to still be accepted after these
2141 retransmissions, U-Boot's BOOTP client keeps a small cache of
2142 IDs. The CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE controls the size of this
2143 cache. The default is to keep IDs for up to four outstanding
2144 requests. Increasing this will allow U-Boot to accept offers
2145 from a BOOTP client in networks with unusually high latency.
2146
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002147- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002148 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
2149 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002150
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002151 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
2152 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
2153 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
2154 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
2155 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
2156 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
2157 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
2158 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
2159 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
2160 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
2161 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
2162 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00002163 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002164
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04002165 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
2166 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002167
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00002168 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
2169 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
2170 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
2171 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
2172 is not available.
2173
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002174 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
2175 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
2176 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
2177 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
2178 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
2179 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
2180 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002181 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002182
2183 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
2184 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
2185 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04002186 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002187 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
2188 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002189
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11002190 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
2191
2192 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
2193 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
2194 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
2195 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
2196 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
2197 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
2198 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
2199 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
2200 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
2201 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
2202 this delay.
2203
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00002204 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
2205 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
2206 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
2207 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
2208 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
2209
2210 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
2211
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002212 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00002213 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002214
2215 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
2216
2217 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
2218
2219 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
2220 of the device.
2221
2222 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
2223
2224 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
2225 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002226 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002227
2228 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
2229
2230 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
2231 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
2232
2233 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
2234
2235 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
2236
2237 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
2238
2239 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
2240
2241 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
2242
2243 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
2244
2245 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
2246
2247 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
2248 device in .1 of milliwatts.
2249
2250 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
2251
2252 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
2253
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002254- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
2255
2256 Several configurations allow to display the current
2257 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
2258 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
2259 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
2260 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
2261 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
2262 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
2263 feature in U-Boot.
2264
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02002265 Additional options:
2266
2267 CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2268 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
2269 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
2270 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2271 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
2272
Igor Grinberg9dfdcdf2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02002273 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
2274 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
2275 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
2276 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
2277 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
2278 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
2279
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002280- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
2281
2282 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
2283 on those systems that support this (optional)
2284 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
2285
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002286- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002287
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002288 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
2289 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
2290 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
2291 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
2292 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
2293 interface.
2294
2295 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002296 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
2297 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
2298 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
2299 for defining speed and slave address
2300 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
2301 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
2302 for defining speed and slave address
2303 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
2304 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
2305 for defining speed and slave address
2306 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
2307 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
2308 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002309
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002310 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
2311 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
2312 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
2313 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
2314 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
2315 bus.
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02002316 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002317 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
2318 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
2319 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
2320 second bus.
2321
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002322 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu10cee512013-10-11 16:23:53 +09002323 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2324 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2325 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002326
Dirk Eibach880540d2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00002327 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2328 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2329 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2330 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2331
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002332 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
2333 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
Albert ARIBAUD \\(3ADEV\\)03544c62015-09-21 22:43:38 +02002334 - enable bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C1
2335 - enable bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C2
2336 - enable bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C3
2337 - enable bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C4
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002338 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
2339 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
2340 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
2341 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
2342 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
2343 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
Albert ARIBAUD \\(3ADEV\\)03544c62015-09-21 22:43:38 +02002344 - define speed for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SPEED
2345 - define slave for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SLAVE
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002346 If those defines are not set, default value is 100000
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002347 for speed, and 0 for slave.
2348
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu1086bfa2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09002349 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
2350 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
2351 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
2352
2353 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
2354 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
2355 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
2356 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
2357 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
2358 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
2359 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
2360 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
2361 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2362
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002363 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
2364 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
2365 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
2366
2367 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
2368 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
2369 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
2370 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
2371 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
2372 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
2373 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
2374 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
2375 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
2376 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
2377 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5
2378 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002379 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002380
Heiko Schocher6789e842013-10-22 11:03:18 +02002381 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
2382 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
2383 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
2384 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
2385 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
2386 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
2387 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
2388 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
2389 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
2390 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
2391 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
2392 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
2393
Heiko Schocher0bdffe72013-11-08 07:30:53 +01002394 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
2395 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
2396 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
2397 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
2398
Naveen Krishna Che717fc62013-12-06 12:12:38 +05302399 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
2400 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
2401 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
2402 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
2403 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2404
Dirk Eibachb46226b2014-07-03 09:28:18 +02002405 - drivers/i2c/ihs_i2c.c
2406 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS
2407 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2408 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0 speed channel 0
2409 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0 slave addr channel 0
2410 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2411 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1 speed channel 1
2412 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1 slave addr channel 1
2413 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH2 activate hardware channel 2
2414 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2 speed channel 2
2415 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2 slave addr channel 2
2416 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH3 activate hardware channel 3
2417 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3 speed channel 3
2418 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3 slave addr channel 3
Dirk Eibach071be892015-10-28 11:46:22 +01002419 - activate dual channel with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_DUAL
2420 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0_1 speed channel 0_1
2421 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0_1 slave addr channel 0_1
2422 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1_1 speed channel 1_1
2423 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1_1 slave addr channel 1_1
2424 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2_1 speed channel 2_1
2425 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2_1 slave addr channel 2_1
2426 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3_1 speed channel 3_1
2427 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3_1 slave addr channel 3_1
Dirk Eibachb46226b2014-07-03 09:28:18 +02002428
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002429 additional defines:
2430
2431 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002432 Hold the number of i2c buses you want to use. If you
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002433 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this
2434 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can
2435 omit this define.
2436
2437 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2438 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2439 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2440 omit this define.
2441
2442 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2443 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2444 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2445 define.
2446
2447 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002448 hold a list of buses you want to use, only used if
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002449 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2450 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2451 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2452
2453 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2454 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2455 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2456 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2457 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2458 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2459 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2460 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2461 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2462 }
2463
2464 which defines
2465 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002466 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2467 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2468 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2469 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2470 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002471 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002472 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2473 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002474
2475 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2476
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002477- Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002478
2479 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2480 provides the following compelling advantages:
2481
2482 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2483 - approved multibus support
2484 - better i2c mux support
2485
2486 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
2487
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002488 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2489 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2490 for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002491
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002492 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05002493 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002494 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2495 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002496 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002497
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002498 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002499
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002500 There are several other quantities that must also be
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002501 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002502
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002503 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002504 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002505 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002506 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002507
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002508 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002509 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002510 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2511 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2512 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002513
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05002514 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2515
2516 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2517 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2518 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2519 commands until the slave device responds.
2520
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002521 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002522
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002523 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002524 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2525 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002526
2527 I2C_INIT
2528
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002529 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002530 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002531
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002532 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002533
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002534 I2C_PORT
2535
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002536 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2537 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2538 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002539
2540 I2C_ACTIVE
2541
2542 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2543 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2544 define can be null.
2545
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002546 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2547
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002548 I2C_TRISTATE
2549
2550 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2551 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2552 define can be null.
2553
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002554 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2555
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002556 I2C_READ
2557
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002558 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2559 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002560
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002561 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2562
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002563 I2C_SDA(bit)
2564
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002565 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2566 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002567
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002568 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002569 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002570 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002571
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002572 I2C_SCL(bit)
2573
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002574 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2575 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002576
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002577 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002578 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002579 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002580
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002581 I2C_DELAY
2582
2583 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2584 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002585 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002586 like:
2587
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002588 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002589
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002590 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2591
2592 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2593 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2594 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2595 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2596
2597 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2598 the generic GPIO functions.
2599
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002600 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002601
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002602 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2603 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2604 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2605 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2606 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2607 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2608 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2609 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002610
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002611 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2612
2613 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2614 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2615 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2616 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2617 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2618 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2619 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2620 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2621
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002622 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2623
2624 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2625 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2626 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2627
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002628 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2629
2630 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002631 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2632 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002633 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2634
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002635 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002636
2637 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002638 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002639 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2640 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002641
2642 e.g.
2643 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002644 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002645
2646 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2647
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002648 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002649 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002650
2651 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2652
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002653 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002654
2655 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2656 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2657
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002658 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002659
2660 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2661 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2662
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002663 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002664
2665 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2666 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2667
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002668 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002669
2670 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2671 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2672 specified DTT device.
2673
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002674 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2675
2676 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2677 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2678 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2679 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2680 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2681 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2682 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002683
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002684- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2685
2686 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2687 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2688 D/As on the SACSng board)
2689
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002690 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2691
2692 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2693 only SH7757 is supported.
2694
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002695 CONFIG_SPI_X
2696
2697 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2698 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2699
2700 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2701
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002702 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2703 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2704 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2705 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2706 defined, the board configuration must define several
2707 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2708 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002709
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002710 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2711
2712 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2713 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2714 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002715 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002716 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2717
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002718 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2719
2720 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002721 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002722
Heiko Schocherf659b572014-07-14 10:22:11 +02002723 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_MXC_WAIT
2724 Timeout for waiting until spi transfer completed.
2725 default: (CONFIG_SYS_HZ/100) /* 10 ms */
2726
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002727- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2728
2729 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2730
2731 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2732
2733 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2734 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2735
2736 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2737
2738 Enables support for FPGA family.
2739 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2740
2741 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002742
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002743 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002744
Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu64e809a2014-03-14 16:35:38 +05302745 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADMK
2746
2747 Enable support for fpga loadmk command
2748
Michal Simek67193862014-05-02 13:43:39 +02002749 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADP
2750
2751 Enable support for fpga loadp command - load partial bitstream
2752
2753 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADBP
2754
2755 Enable support for fpga loadbp command - load partial bitstream
2756 (Xilinx only)
2757
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002758 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002759
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002760 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002761
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002762 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002763
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002764 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2765 status by the configuration function. This option
2766 will require a board or device specific function to
2767 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002768
2769 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2770
2771 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2772 configuration driver.
2773
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002774 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002775 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2776
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002777 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002778
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002779 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2780 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2781 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2782 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002783
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002784 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002785
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002786 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to de-assert
2787 after PROB_B has been de-asserted during a Virtex II
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002788 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002789 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002790
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002791 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002792
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002793 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to de-assert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002794 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002795
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002796 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002797
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002798 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002799 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002800
2801- Configuration Management:
Stefan Roeseb2b8a692014-10-22 12:13:24 +02002802 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET
2803
2804 Some SoCs need special image types (e.g. U-Boot binary
2805 with a special header) as build targets. By defining
2806 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET in the SoC / board header, this
2807 special image will be automatically built upon calling
2808 make / MAKEALL.
2809
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002810 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2811
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002812 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2813 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002814
2815- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2816
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002817 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2818 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002819 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002820 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2821 protects these variables from casual modification by
2822 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2823 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002824 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002825
2826 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2827 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002828 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002829 these parameters.
2830
Joe Hershberger92ac5202015-05-04 14:55:14 -05002831 Alternatively, if you define _both_ an ethaddr in the
2832 default env _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002833 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002834 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2835 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2836 read-only.]
2837
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002838 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2839 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2840 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2841 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2842
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002843- Protected RAM:
2844 CONFIG_PRAM
2845
2846 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2847 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2848 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2849 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2850 this default value by defining an environment
2851 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2852 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2853 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2854 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2855 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2856 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2857 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2858
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002859 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002860 saveenv
2861
2862 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2863 either, which results in a memory region that will
2864 not be affected by reboots.
2865
2866 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2867 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2868 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2869 following board configurations are known to be
2870 "pRAM-clean":
2871
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002872 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2873 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002874 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002875
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002876- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2877 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2878 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2879 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2880 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2881 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2882 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2883
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002884- Error Recovery:
2885 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2886
2887 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2888 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2889 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002890 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002891 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2892 useful during development since you can try to debug
2893 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2894
2895 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2896
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002897 This variable defines the number of retries for
2898 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2899 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2900 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002901
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002902 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2903
2904 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2905
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002906 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2907
2908 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2909 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2910 try longer timeout such as
2911 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2912
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002913- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002914 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002915
2916 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2917
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002918 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002919
2920 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2921 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2922 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2923
2924 Note:
2925
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002926 In the current implementation, the local variables
2927 space and global environment variables space are
2928 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2929 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2930 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2931 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2932 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002933
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002934 Global environment variables are those you use
2935 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2936 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2937 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002938
2939 To store commands and special characters in a
2940 variable, please use double quotation marks
2941 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2942 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2943 symbols.
2944
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002945- Command Line Editing and History:
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002946 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2947
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002948 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002949 command line input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002950
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002951- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002952 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2953
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002954 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2955 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002956 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002957
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002958 For example, place something like this in your
2959 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002960
2961 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2962 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2963 "myvar2=value2\0"
2964
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002965 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2966 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2967 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2968 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002969 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002970 You better know what you are doing here.
2971
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002972 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2973 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002974 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002975 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002976
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002977 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2978
2979 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2980 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2981 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2982
2983 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2984
2985 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2986 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2987 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2988 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2989 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2990
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002991 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2992
2993 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2994 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2995 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2996
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002997 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2998
2999 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003000 initialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00003001 that so that the environment is not available until
3002 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
3003 this is instead controlled by the value of
3004 /config/load-environment.
3005
Chris Packham3b10cf12015-06-19 20:25:59 +12003006- Parallel Flash support:
3007 CONFIG_SYS_NO_FLASH
3008
3009 Traditionally U-boot was run on systems with parallel NOR
3010 flash. This option is used to disable support for parallel NOR
3011 flash. This option should be defined if the board does not have
3012 parallel flash.
3013
3014 If this option is not defined one of the generic flash drivers
3015 (e.g. CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER or CONFIG_ST_SMI) must be
3016 selected or the board must provide an implementation of the
3017 flash API (see include/flash.h).
3018
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003019- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00003020 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
3021
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003022 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
3023 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
3024 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00003025
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07003026- Serial Flash support
3027 CONFIG_CMD_SF
3028
3029 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
3030 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
3031
3032 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
3033 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
3034 commands.
3035
3036 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
3037 to handle the common case when only a single serial
3038 flash is present on the system.
3039
3040 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
3041 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
3042 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
3043 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
3044
Simon Glass24007272012-10-08 13:16:02 +00003045 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
3046
3047 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
3048 test ('sf test').
3049
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekib902e072014-01-11 15:25:04 +05303050 CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories
3051
3052 Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash
3053 memories can be connected with a given cs line.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003054 Currently Xilinx Zynq qspi supports these type of connections.
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekib902e072014-01-11 15:25:04 +05303055
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00003056- SystemACE Support:
3057 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
3058
3059 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
3060 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003061 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003062 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00003063
3064 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003065 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00003066
3067 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
3068 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
3069
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003070- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
3071 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
3072
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003073 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003074 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003075 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003076 number generator is used.
3077
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003078 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
3079 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
3080 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
3081
3082 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003083 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
3084 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
3085 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
3086 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
3087 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
3088 but sometimes that is not allowed.
3089
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00003090- Hashing support:
3091 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
3092
3093 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
3094 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
3095
3096 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
3097
3098 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
3099 size a little.
3100
gaurav rana94e3c8c2015-02-20 12:51:46 +05303101 CONFIG_SHA1 - This option enables support of hashing using SHA1
3102 algorithm. The hash is calculated in software.
3103 CONFIG_SHA256 - This option enables support of hashing using
3104 SHA256 algorithm. The hash is calculated in software.
3105 CONFIG_SHA_HW_ACCEL - This option enables hardware acceleration
3106 for SHA1/SHA256 hashing.
3107 This affects the 'hash' command and also the
3108 hash_lookup_algo() function.
3109 CONFIG_SHA_PROG_HW_ACCEL - This option enables
3110 hardware-acceleration for SHA1/SHA256 progressive hashing.
3111 Data can be streamed in a block at a time and the hashing
3112 is performed in hardware.
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00003113
3114 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
3115 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
3116
Robert Winklera11f1872013-07-24 17:57:06 -07003117- Freescale i.MX specific commands:
3118 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
3119 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
3120 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
3121
3122 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
3123 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
3124 a boot from specific media.
3125
3126 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
3127 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
3128 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal
3129 will set it back to normal. This command currently
3130 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
3131
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003132- Signing support:
3133 CONFIG_RSA
3134
3135 This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification
Detlev Zundel8bf2aad2014-01-20 16:21:46 +01003136 in U-Boot. See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more information.
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003137
Ruchika Guptac937ff62015-01-23 16:01:54 +05303138 The Modular Exponentiation algorithm in RSA is implemented using
3139 driver model. So CONFIG_DM needs to be enabled by default for this
3140 library to function.
3141
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003142 The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this
Ruchika Guptac937ff62015-01-23 16:01:54 +05303143 option. The software based modular exponentiation is built into
3144 mkimage irrespective of this option.
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003145
Heiko Schocher9e50c402014-01-25 07:27:13 +01003146- bootcount support:
3147 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
3148
3149 This enables the bootcounter support, see:
3150 http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
3151
3152 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE
3153 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards.
3154 CONFIG_BLACKFIN
3155 enable special bootcounter support on blackfin based boards.
3156 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX
3157 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards.
3158 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM
3159 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM
3160 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C
3161 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device.
3162 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address
3163 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for
3164 the bootcounter.
3165 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003166
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003167- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003168 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
3169
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003170 Defining this option allows to add some board-
3171 specific code (calling a user-provided function
3172 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
3173 the system's boot progress on some display (for
3174 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
3175 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003176
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00003177
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003178Legacy uImage format:
3179
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003180 Arg Where When
3181 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003182 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003183 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003184 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003185 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003186 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003187 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
3188 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
3189 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003190 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003191 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
3192 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
3193 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
3194 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003195 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003196 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003197
3198 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3199 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
3200 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
3201 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
3202 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
3203 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
3204 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003205 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003206 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
3207 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
3208
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003209 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003210
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003211 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd542004-02-27 00:07:27 +00003212 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
3213 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00003214
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003215 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
3216 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
3217 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
3218 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
3219 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
3220 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3221 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
3222 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
3223 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
3224 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
3225 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3226 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
3227 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3228 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
3229 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
3230 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
3231 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
3232 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
3233 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
3234 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
3235 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
3236 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
3237 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
3238 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
3239 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
3240 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
3241 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3242 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
3243 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
3244 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
3245 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
3246 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
3247 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
3248 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
3249 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
3250 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
3251 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
3252 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
3253 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
3254 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3255 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
3256 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3257 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
3258 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
3259 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
3260 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
3261 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003262
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003263 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003264
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003265 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003266 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
3267 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00003268
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003269 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
Joe Hershbergerbc0571f2015-04-08 01:41:21 -05003270 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling net_loop()
3271 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in net_loop() occurred
3272 81 common/cmd_net.c net_loop() back without error
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003273 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
3274 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02003275 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
3276 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003277 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003278
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003279FIT uImage format:
3280
3281 Arg Where When
3282 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
3283 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
3284 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
3285 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
3286 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
3287 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01003288 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003289 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
3290 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
3291 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
3292 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
3293 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003294 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
3295 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003296 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
3297 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
3298 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
3299 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
3300 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
3301 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
3302 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
3303 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
3304
3305 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3306 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
3307 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003308 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003309 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
3310 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
3311 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
3312 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
3313 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
3314 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
3315 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
3316 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
3317 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
3318 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
3319 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
3320 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
3321
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003322 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003323 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
3324
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003325 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003326 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
3327
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003328 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003329 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
3330
Heiko Schocher21d29f72014-05-28 11:33:33 +02003331- legacy image format:
3332 CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
3333 enables the legacy image format support in U-Boot.
3334
3335 Default:
3336 enabled if CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is not defined.
3337
3338 CONFIG_DISABLE_IMAGE_LEGACY
3339 disable the legacy image format
3340
3341 This define is introduced, as the legacy image format is
3342 enabled per default for backward compatibility.
3343
Gabe Blackd95f6ec2012-10-25 16:31:10 +00003344- FIT image support:
3345 CONFIG_FIT
3346 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
3347
3348 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
3349 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
3350 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
3351 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
3352 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
3353 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
3354
Simon Glass3e569a62013-06-13 15:10:00 -07003355 CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
3356 This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages,
gaurav rana94e3c8c2015-02-20 12:51:46 +05303357 using a hash signed and verified using RSA. If
3358 CONFIG_SHA_PROG_HW_ACCEL is defined, i.e support for progressive
3359 hashing is available using hardware, RSA library will use it.
3360 See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details.
Simon Glass3e569a62013-06-13 15:10:00 -07003361
Heiko Schocher21d29f72014-05-28 11:33:33 +02003362 WARNING: When relying on signed FIT images with required
3363 signature check the legacy image format is default
3364 disabled. If a board need legacy image format support
3365 enable this through CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
3366
Dirk Eibach9a4f4792014-07-03 09:28:26 +02003367 CONFIG_FIT_DISABLE_SHA256
3368 Supporting SHA256 hashes has quite an impact on binary size.
3369 For constrained systems sha256 hash support can be disabled
3370 with this option.
3371
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003372- Standalone program support:
3373 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
3374
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02003375 This option defines a board specific value for the
3376 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
3377 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003378 settings.
3379
3380- Frame Buffer Address:
3381 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
3382
3383 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00003384 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
3385 when using a graphics controller has separate video
3386 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
3387 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
3388 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
3389 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
3390 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003391
3392 Please see board_init_f function.
3393
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01003394- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
3395 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
3396 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
3397 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
3398
3399 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
3400 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
3401
3402- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
3403 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
3404
3405 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
3406 Needed for mtdparts command support.
3407
3408 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
3409
3410 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
3411 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
3412
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003413- UBI support
3414 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
3415
3416 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
3417 with the UBI flash translation layer
3418
3419 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
3420
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003421 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3422
3423 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
3424 warnings and errors enabled.
3425
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02003426
3427 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_WL_THRESHOLD
3428 This parameter defines the maximum difference between the highest
3429 erase counter value and the lowest erase counter value of eraseblocks
3430 of UBI devices. When this threshold is exceeded, UBI starts performing
3431 wear leveling by means of moving data from eraseblock with low erase
3432 counter to eraseblocks with high erase counter.
3433
3434 The default value should be OK for SLC NAND flashes, NOR flashes and
3435 other flashes which have eraseblock life-cycle 100000 or more.
3436 However, in case of MLC NAND flashes which typically have eraseblock
3437 life-cycle less than 10000, the threshold should be lessened (e.g.,
3438 to 128 or 256, although it does not have to be power of 2).
3439
3440 default: 4096
Simon Glassc654b512014-10-23 18:58:54 -06003441
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02003442 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_BEB_LIMIT
3443 This option specifies the maximum bad physical eraseblocks UBI
3444 expects on the MTD device (per 1024 eraseblocks). If the
3445 underlying flash does not admit of bad eraseblocks (e.g. NOR
3446 flash), this value is ignored.
3447
3448 NAND datasheets often specify the minimum and maximum NVM
3449 (Number of Valid Blocks) for the flashes' endurance lifetime.
3450 The maximum expected bad eraseblocks per 1024 eraseblocks
3451 then can be calculated as "1024 * (1 - MinNVB / MaxNVB)",
3452 which gives 20 for most NANDs (MaxNVB is basically the total
3453 count of eraseblocks on the chip).
3454
3455 To put it differently, if this value is 20, UBI will try to
3456 reserve about 1.9% of physical eraseblocks for bad blocks
3457 handling. And that will be 1.9% of eraseblocks on the entire
3458 NAND chip, not just the MTD partition UBI attaches. This means
3459 that if you have, say, a NAND flash chip admits maximum 40 bad
3460 eraseblocks, and it is split on two MTD partitions of the same
3461 size, UBI will reserve 40 eraseblocks when attaching a
3462 partition.
3463
3464 default: 20
3465
3466 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP
3467 Fastmap is a mechanism which allows attaching an UBI device
3468 in nearly constant time. Instead of scanning the whole MTD device it
3469 only has to locate a checkpoint (called fastmap) on the device.
3470 The on-flash fastmap contains all information needed to attach
3471 the device. Using fastmap makes only sense on large devices where
3472 attaching by scanning takes long. UBI will not automatically install
3473 a fastmap on old images, but you can set the UBI parameter
3474 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT to 1 if you want so. Please note
3475 that fastmap-enabled images are still usable with UBI implementations
3476 without fastmap support. On typical flash devices the whole fastmap
3477 fits into one PEB. UBI will reserve PEBs to hold two fastmaps.
3478
3479 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT
3480 Set this parameter to enable fastmap automatically on images
3481 without a fastmap.
3482 default: 0
3483
Heiko Schocher0195a7b2015-10-22 06:19:21 +02003484 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FM_DEBUG
3485 Enable UBI fastmap debug
3486 default: 0
3487
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003488- UBIFS support
3489 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
3490
3491 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
3492 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
3493
3494 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
3495
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003496 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3497
3498 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
3499 warnings and errors enabled.
3500
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003501- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003502 CONFIG_SPL
3503 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003504
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003505 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
3506 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
3507
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003508 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
3509 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
3510 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
3511 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003512 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003513 must not be both defined at the same time.
3514
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003515 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003516 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3517 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3518 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3519 not exceed it.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003520
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003521 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3522 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003523
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003524 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3525 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3526 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3527
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003528 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3529 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3530
3531 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003532 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3533 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3534 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003535 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003536 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003537
3538 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3539 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3540
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)8c80eb32015-03-31 11:40:50 +02003541 CONFIG_SPL_PANIC_ON_RAW_IMAGE
3542 When defined, SPL will panic() if the image it has
3543 loaded does not have a signature.
3544 Defining this is useful when code which loads images
3545 in SPL cannot guarantee that absolutely all read errors
3546 will be caught.
3547 An example is the LPC32XX MLC NAND driver, which will
3548 consider that a completely unreadable NAND block is bad,
3549 and thus should be skipped silently.
3550
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003551 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3552 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3553 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3554 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3555
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003556 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3557 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Fabio Estevam9ac4fc82015-11-12 12:30:19 -02003558 When this option is set the full malloc is used in SPL and
3559 it is set up by spl_init() and before that, the simple malloc()
3560 can be used if CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F is defined.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003561
3562 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3563 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003564
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07003565 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3566 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3567 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3568 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3569
Tom Rini9607faf2014-03-28 12:03:39 -04003570 CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT
3571 Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL.
3572 See also: doc/README.falcon
3573
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07003574 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3575 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3576 about the running system.
3577
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05003578 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3579 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3580
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003581 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
3582 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003583
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003584 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
3585 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003586
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003587 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
3588 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003589
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003590 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
3591 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003592
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003593 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
3594 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003595
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003596 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
3597 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
Paul Kocialkowskie2ccdf82014-11-08 23:14:55 +01003598 Address and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003599 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
3600
Paul Kocialkowskib97300b2014-11-08 23:14:56 +01003601 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION
3602 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
3603 used in raw mode
3604
Peter Korsgaard2b75b0a2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00003605 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3606 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3607 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3608
3609 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3610 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3611 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3612 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3613 (for falcon mode)
3614
Paul Kocialkowskie2ccdf82014-11-08 23:14:55 +01003615 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_FS_BOOT_PARTITION
3616 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
3617 used in fs mode
3618
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003619 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
3620 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
3621
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003622 CONFIG_SPL_EXT_SUPPORT
3623 Support for EXT filesystem in SPL binary
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003624
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003625 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3626 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from filesystem
3627
3628 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003629 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003630 from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003631
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003632 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003633 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003634 when reading from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003635
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00003636 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3637 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3638 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3639 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3640 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3641
Prabhakar Kushwaha651fcf62014-04-08 19:12:31 +05303642 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
3643 Avoid SPL relocation
3644
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05003645 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3646 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3647 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3648
3649 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3650 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3651
3652 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3653 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3654
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003655 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003656 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3657 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003658
Tom Rini6dd3b562014-03-28 12:03:36 -04003659 CONFIG_SPL_MTD_SUPPORT
3660 Support for the MTD subsystem within SPL. Useful for
3661 environment on NAND support within SPL.
3662
Heiko Schocher0c3117b2014-10-31 08:31:00 +01003663 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_RAW_ONLY
3664 Support to boot only raw u-boot.bin images. Use this only
3665 if you need to save space.
3666
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003667 CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT
3668 Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -07003669 drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary.
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003670
Ying Zhang7c8eea52013-08-16 15:16:12 +08003671 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3672 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3673 SPL binary.
3674
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003675 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3676 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3677 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3678 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3679 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3680 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003681 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003682
Prabhakar Kushwahafbe76ae2013-12-11 12:42:11 +05303683 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
3684 Add support NAND boot
3685
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003686 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003687 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3688
3689 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3690 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3691
3692 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3693 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003694
3695 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003696 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003697
3698 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3699 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003700 data. This is used, for example, on davinci platforms.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003701
3702 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3703 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3704 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3705
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003706 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3707 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003708
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003709 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3710 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003711
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003712 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3713 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003714
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003715 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3716 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3717
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003718 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3719 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003720
Ying Zhangba1bee42013-05-20 14:07:25 +08003721 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
3722 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
3723
3724 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
3725 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
3726 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
3727 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
3728
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003729 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeau6113d3f2013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003730 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3731 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3732 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3733 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3734 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003735
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003736 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3737 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3738 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3739 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3740
Simon Glass87ebee32013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003741 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3742 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3743 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3744 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3745 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3746
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003747- TPL framework
3748 CONFIG_TPL
3749 Enable building of TPL globally.
3750
3751 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3752 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3753 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02003754 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3755 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3756 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003757
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003758Modem Support:
3759--------------
3760
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02003761[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003762
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003763- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003764 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
3765
3766- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
3767 CONFIG_HWFLOW
3768
3769- Modem debug support:
3770 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
3771
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003772 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
3773 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003774
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003775- Interrupt support (PPC):
3776
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003777 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3778 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003779 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003780 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003781 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003782 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003783 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003784 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3785 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3786 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003787
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003788- General:
3789
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003790 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3791 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3792 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003793 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003794 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3795 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3796 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003797
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003798 If there are no modem init strings in the
3799 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3800 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003801 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003802
3803 See also: doc/README.Modem
3804
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003805Board initialization settings:
3806------------------------------
3807
3808During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3809to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3810before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3811following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3812architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3813typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3814
3815- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3816- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3817- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3818- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003819
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003820Configuration Settings:
3821-----------------------
3822
York Sun4d1fd7f2014-02-26 17:03:19 -08003823- CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
3824 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
3825
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003826- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003827 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3828
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003829- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3830 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3831
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003832- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003833 prompt for user input.
3834
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003835- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003836
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003837- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003838
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003839- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003840
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003841- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003842 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3843 booted
3844
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003845- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003846 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3847
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003848- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003849 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003850
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003851- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003852 If the board specific function
3853 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3854 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003855 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3856
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003857- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003858 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003859
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003860- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003861 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3862
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003863- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003864 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3865 simple memory test.
3866
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003867- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003868 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003869
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003870- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003871 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3872 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3873
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003874- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3875 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003876 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003877 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003878 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3879 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3880 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003881 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003882 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003883 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003884
3885 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3886 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3887 be touched.
3888
3889 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3890 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3891 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3892 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3893 problems.
3894
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003895- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003896 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3897
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003898- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003899 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3900
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003901- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003902 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3903 Cogent motherboard)
3904
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003905- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003906 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3907
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003908- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003909 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3910 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003911 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003912 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003913
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003914- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003915 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3916 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3917 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3918 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003919
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003920- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003921 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3922
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06003923- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
3924 Size of the malloc() pool for use before relocation. If
3925 this is defined, then a very simple malloc() implementation
3926 will become available before relocation. The address is just
3927 below the global data, and the stack is moved down to make
3928 space.
3929
3930 This feature allocates regions with increasing addresses
3931 within the region. calloc() is supported, but realloc()
3932 is not available. free() is supported but does nothing.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003933 The memory will be freed (or in fact just forgotten) when
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06003934 U-Boot relocates itself.
3935
Simon Glasse7b14e92014-09-15 06:33:18 -06003936 Pre-relocation malloc() is only supported on ARM and sandbox
Simon Glass29afe9e2014-07-10 22:23:31 -06003937 at present but is fairly easy to enable for other archs.
3938
Simon Glass38687ae2014-11-10 17:16:54 -07003939- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE
3940 Provides a simple and small malloc() and calloc() for those
3941 boards which do not use the full malloc in SPL (which is
3942 enabled with CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START).
3943
Thierry Reding1dfdd9b2014-12-09 22:25:22 -07003944- CONFIG_SYS_NONCACHED_MEMORY:
3945 Size of non-cached memory area. This area of memory will be
3946 typically located right below the malloc() area and mapped
3947 uncached in the MMU. This is useful for drivers that would
3948 otherwise require a lot of explicit cache maintenance. For
3949 some drivers it's also impossible to properly maintain the
3950 cache. For example if the regions that need to be flushed
3951 are not a multiple of the cache-line size, *and* padding
3952 cannot be allocated between the regions to align them (i.e.
3953 if the HW requires a contiguous array of regions, and the
3954 size of each region is not cache-aligned), then a flush of
3955 one region may result in overwriting data that hardware has
3956 written to another region in the same cache-line. This can
3957 happen for example in network drivers where descriptors for
3958 buffers are typically smaller than the CPU cache-line (e.g.
3959 16 bytes vs. 32 or 64 bytes).
3960
3961 Non-cached memory is only supported on 32-bit ARM at present.
3962
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003963- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003964 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3965 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003966 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003967 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3968
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003969- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003970 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3971 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003972 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3973 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003974 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003975 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003976 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003977 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3978 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3979 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003980
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003981- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3982 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3983 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3984 is enabled.
3985
3986- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3987 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3988 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3989
3990- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3991 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3992 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3993
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003994- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003995 Max number of Flash memory banks
3996
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003997- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003998 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3999
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004000- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004001 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
4002
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004003- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004004 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
4005
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004006- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00004007 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
4008
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004009- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00004010 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
4011
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004012- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00004013 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
4014 instead of U-Boot software protection.
4015
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004016- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004017
4018 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
4019 without this option such a download has to be
4020 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
4021 copy from RAM to flash.
4022
4023 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
4024 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004025 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
4026 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004027 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
4028
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004029- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004030 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00004031 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
4032
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02004033- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00004034 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
4035 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004036
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01004037- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
4038 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
4039 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
4040 to the MTD layer.
4041
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004042- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02004043 Use buffered writes to flash.
4044
4045- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
4046 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
4047 write commands.
4048
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004049- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01004050 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
4051 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
4052 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
4053 optionally available.
4054
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05004055- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
4056 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
4057 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
4058 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
4059
Stefan Roese352ef3f2013-04-04 15:53:14 +02004060- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
4061 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
4062 against the source after the write operation. An error message
4063 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
4064 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
4065 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
4066 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
4067 this option if you really know what you are doing.
4068
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004069- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004070 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
4071 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00004072 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
4073 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004074 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00004075 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
4076
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02004077- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
4078
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02004079 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
4080 internally to store the environment settings. The default
4081 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
4082 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
4083 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02004084
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004085- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
4086- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04004087 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004088 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
4089 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
4090 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
4091
4092 The format of the list is:
4093 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004094 access_attribute = [a|r|o|c]
4095 attributes = type_attribute[access_attribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004096 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
4097 list = entry[,list]
4098
4099 The type attributes are:
4100 s - String (default)
4101 d - Decimal
4102 x - Hexadecimal
4103 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
4104 i - IP address
4105 m - MAC address
4106
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06004107 The access attributes are:
4108 a - Any (default)
4109 r - Read-only
4110 o - Write-once
4111 c - Change-default
4112
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004113 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
4114 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004115 environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004116
4117 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
4118 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
4119 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
4120 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
4121 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
4122 ".flags" variable.
4123
Joe Hershbergerbdf1fe42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05004124 If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
4125 regular expression. This allows multiple variables to define the same
4126 flags without explicitly listing them for each variable.
4127
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06004128- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
4129 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
4130 access flags.
4131
Simon Glass5c1a7ea2013-03-08 13:45:27 +00004132- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
4133 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
4134 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
4135 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
4136 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
4137 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
Masahiro Yamada0a12e682015-03-19 19:42:51 +09004138 must support it (i.e. must select HAVE_GENERIC_BOARD in arch/Kconfig).
4139 If you find problems enabling this option on your board please report
4140 the problem and send patches!
Simon Glass5c1a7ea2013-03-08 13:45:27 +00004141
Lokesh Vutla0b1b60c2013-04-17 20:49:40 +00004142- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
4143 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
4144 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004145 the value can be calculated on a given board.
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00004146
Gabe Black0d296cc2014-10-15 04:38:30 -06004147- CONFIG_USE_STDINT
4148 If stdint.h is available with your toolchain you can define this
4149 option to enable it. You can provide option 'USE_STDINT=1' when
4150 building U-Boot to enable this.
4151
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004152The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
4153of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
4154following configurations:
4155
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00004156- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
4157
4158 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
4159 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
4160
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02004161- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004162
4163 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
4164
4165 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
4166 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
4167 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
4168 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
4169 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
4170 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
4171 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
4172 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
4173 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
4174 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
4175 between U-Boot and the environment.
4176
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004177 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004178
4179 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
4180 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
4181 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
4182 for this sector is given here.
4183
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004184 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004185
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004186 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004187
4188 This is just another way to specify the start address of
4189 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004190 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004191
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004192 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004193
4194 Size of the sector containing the environment.
4195
4196
4197 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
4198 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
4199 the environment.
4200
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004201 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004202
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02004203 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004204 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004205 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
4206 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
4207
4208 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
4209 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
4210 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
4211 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
4212 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
4213 updating the environment in flash makes it always
4214 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
4215 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
4216 RAM, your target system will be dead.
4217
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004218 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
4219 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004220
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004221 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004222 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00004223 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004224 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004225
4226BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
4227source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
4228accordingly!
4229
4230
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02004231- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004232
4233 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
4234 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
4235 environment.
4236
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004237 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4238 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004239
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004240 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004241 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
4242 can just be read and written to, without any special
4243 provision.
4244
4245BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004246in U-Boot initialization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004247console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004248U-Boot will hang.
4249
4250Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
4251environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
4252keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
4253to save the current settings.
4254
4255
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02004256- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004257
4258 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
4259 device and a driver for it.
4260
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004261 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4262 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004263
4264 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
4265 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
4266
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004267 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004268 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
4269 The default address is zero.
4270
Christian Gmeiner189d2572015-02-11 15:19:31 +01004271 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_BUS:
4272 If defined, specified the i2c bus of the EEPROM device.
4273
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004274 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004275 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
4276 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
4277 would require six bits.
4278
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004279 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004280 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00004281 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004282
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004283 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004284 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
4285 that this is NOT the chip address length!
4286
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004287 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004288 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
4289 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
4290 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
4291 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
4292 byte chips.
4293
4294 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
4295 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
4296 in the chip address.
4297
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004298 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004299 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
4300
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01004301 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
4302 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
4303 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
4304
4305 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
4306 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
4307 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
4308 EEPROM. For example:
4309
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01004310 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01004311
4312 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
4313 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004314
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02004315- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004316
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00004317 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004318 want to use for the environment.
4319
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004320 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4321 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4322 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004323
4324 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
4325 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
4326 at the specified address.
4327
Wu, Joshbd83b592014-07-01 19:30:13 +08004328- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH:
4329
4330 Define this if you have a SPI Flash memory device which you
4331 want to use for the environment.
4332
4333 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4334 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4335
4336 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
4337 environment area within the SPI Flash. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4338 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
4339
4340 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
4341
4342 Define the SPI flash's sector size.
4343
4344 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4345
4346 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
4347 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4348 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
4349 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
4350 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
4351
4352 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_BUS (optional):
4353 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_CS (optional):
4354
4355 Define the SPI bus and chip select. If not defined they will be 0.
4356
4357 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MAX_HZ (optional):
4358
4359 Define the SPI max work clock. If not defined then use 1MHz.
4360
4361 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MODE (optional):
4362
4363 Define the SPI work mode. If not defined then use SPI_MODE_3.
4364
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004365- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
4366
4367 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
4368 want to use for the local device's environment.
4369
4370 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4371 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4372
4373 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
4374 environment area within the remote memory space. The
4375 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004376 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004377
4378BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
4379"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004380environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
4381but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004382
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02004383- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00004384
4385 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
4386 for the environment.
4387
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004388 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4389 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00004390
4391 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004392 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4393 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004394
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004395 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004396
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004397 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004398 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4399 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004400 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004401 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004402
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004403 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
4404
4405 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
4406 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
4407 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
4408 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
4409 the range to be avoided.
4410
4411 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
4412
4413 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
4414 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
4415 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
4416 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
4417 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004418
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02004419- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
4420
4421 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
4422 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
4423 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4424
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004425- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
4426
4427 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
4428 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
4429 accesses, which is important on NAND.
4430
4431 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
4432
4433 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
4434
4435 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
4436
4437 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
4438 environment in.
4439
Joe Hershberger785881f2013-04-08 10:32:52 +00004440 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
4441
4442 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
4443 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
4444 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
4445
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004446 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
4447 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
4448
4449 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
4450 when storing the env in UBI.
4451
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004452- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FAT:
4453 Define this if you want to use the FAT file system for the environment.
4454
4455 - FAT_ENV_INTERFACE:
4456
4457 Define this to a string that is the name of the block device.
4458
4459 - FAT_ENV_DEV_AND_PART:
4460
4461 Define this to a string to specify the partition of the device. It can
4462 be as following:
4463
4464 "D:P", "D:0", "D", "D:" or "D:auto" (D, P are integers. And P >= 1)
4465 - "D:P": device D partition P. Error occurs if device D has no
4466 partition table.
4467 - "D:0": device D.
4468 - "D" or "D:": device D partition 1 if device D has partition
4469 table, or the whole device D if has no partition
4470 table.
4471 - "D:auto": first partition in device D with bootable flag set.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004472 If none, first valid partition in device D. If no
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004473 partition table then means device D.
4474
4475 - FAT_ENV_FILE:
4476
4477 It's a string of the FAT file name. This file use to store the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004478 environment.
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004479
4480 - CONFIG_FAT_WRITE:
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004481 This should be defined. Otherwise it cannot save the environment file.
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004482
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004483- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
4484
4485 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
4486 environment.
4487
4488 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
4489
4490 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
4491
4492 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
4493
4494 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
4495 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
4496 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
4497
4498 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4499 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4500
4501 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
4502 area within the specified MMC device.
4503
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004504 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
4505 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
4506 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
4507 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
4508 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
4509 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
4510 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
4511
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004512 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
4513 MMC sector boundary.
4514
4515 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4516
4517 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
4518 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
4519 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
4520 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
4521
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004522 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
4523 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
4524
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004525 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
4526 an MMC sector boundary.
4527
4528 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
4529
4530 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
4531 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
4532 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4533
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004534- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004535
4536 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
4537 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
4538 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
4539 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
4540 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
4541 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
4542 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
4543
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07004544Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004545has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02004546created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004547until then to read environment variables.
4548
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004549The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
4550is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
4551with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
4552necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
4553"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
4554have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004555
4556Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
4557the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004558use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004559
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004560- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004561 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004562
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004563 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004564 also needs to be defined.
4565
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004566- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004567 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004568
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08004569- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
4570 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
4571 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
4572 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
4573 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
4574 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
4575
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00004576- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
4577 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
4578 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
4579 to do this.
4580
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00004581- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
4582 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
4583 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
4584 present.
4585
Sascha Silbefeb85802013-08-11 16:40:43 +02004586- CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT:
4587 Maximum size of the U-Boot image. When defined, the
4588 build system checks that the actual size does not
4589 exceed it.
4590
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004591Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00004592---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004593
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004594- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004595 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
4596
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004597- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004598 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00004599
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004600 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
4601 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
4602 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004603
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004604- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
4605 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
4606 PowerPC SOCs.
4607
4608- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
4609 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
4610 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
4611
4612 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
4613 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
4614
4615- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
4616 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
4617 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004618 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004619 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
4620 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
4621 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
4622
4623 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
4624 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
4625
4626- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02004627 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
4628 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004629 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4630 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4631
4632- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
4633 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
4634 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4635 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4636
4637- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
4638 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
4639 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
4640
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004641- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004642 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004643
4644 the default drive number (default value 0)
4645
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004646 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004647
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004648 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004649 (default value 1)
4650
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004651 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004652
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004653 defines the offset of register from address. It
4654 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004655 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004656
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004657 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
4658 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004659 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004660
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004661 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004662 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
4663 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004664 source code. It is used to make hardware-dependent
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004665 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004666
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004667- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
4668 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
4669 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
4670 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
4671 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
4672 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004673 is required.
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004674
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004675- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004676 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00004677 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004678
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004679- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004680
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00004681 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004682 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4683 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4684 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4685 will become available only after programming the
4686 memory controller and running certain initialization
4687 sequences.
4688
4689 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4690 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4691 - MPC824X: data cache
4692 - PPC4xx: data cache
4693
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004694- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004695
4696 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004697 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4698 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004699 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02004700 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004701 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
4702 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4703 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004704
4705 Note:
4706 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4707 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004708 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004709 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4710 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4711
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004712- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004713
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004714- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004715
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004716- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004717
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004718- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004719
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004720- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004721
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004722- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004723
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004724- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004725 SDRAM timing
4726
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004727- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004728 periodic timer for refresh
4729
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004730- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004731
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004732- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4733 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4734 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4735 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004736 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4737
4738- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004739 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4740 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004741 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4742
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004743- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4744 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004745 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4746 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4747
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004748- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004749 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4750 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4751
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004752- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01004753 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4754 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4755
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004756- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004757 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4758 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4759
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004760- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004761 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
4762 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
4763 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
4764
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004765- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004766 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4767 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4768 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4769 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00004770
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004771- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4772 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4773 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4774 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4775 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4776 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4777 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4778 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004779 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00004780
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01004781- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4782 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4783 required.
4784
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004785- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004786 Only scan through and get the devices on the buses.
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004787 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4788 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4789 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4790 by coreboot or similar.
4791
Gabor Juhos842033e2013-05-30 07:06:12 +00004792- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4793 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4794
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004795- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4796 Chip has SRIO or not
4797
4798- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4799 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4800
4801- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4802 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4803
Liu Gangc8b28152013-05-07 16:30:46 +08004804- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4805 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4806
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004807- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4808 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4809
4810- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4811 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4812
4813- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4814 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4815
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004816- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4817 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4818 a 16 bit bus.
4819 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004820 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004821 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004822 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04004823
4824- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4825 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4826 a default value will be used.
4827
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004828- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004829 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4830 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4831
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004832 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4833 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4834
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004835- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004836 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4837 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4838 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004839
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08004840- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4841 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4842 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4843 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4844 header files or board specific files.
4845
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07004846- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4847 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4848
York Sune32d59a2015-01-06 13:18:55 -08004849- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_SYNC_REFRESH
4850 Enable sync of refresh for multiple controllers.
4851
York Sun4516ff82015-03-19 09:30:28 -07004852- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_BIST
4853 Enable built-in memory test for Freescale DDR controllers.
4854
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004855- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004856 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4857 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06004858
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004859- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4860 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4861
4862- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4863 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00004864 to the given FEC; i. e.
4865 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004866 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4867
4868 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4869
4870- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4871 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4872 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4873
4874- CONFIG_RMII
4875 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4876 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4877 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4878
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004879- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4880 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4881 The syntax is:
4882
4883 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4884
4885 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4886 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4887 area should have.
4888
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004889- CONFIG_LOOPW
4890 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004891 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004892
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004893- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4894 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4895 "md/mw" commands.
4896 Examples:
4897
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004898 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004899 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4900
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004901 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004902 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4903
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004904 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004905 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004906
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004907- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004908 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004909 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4910 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4911 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004912
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004913 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4914 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4915 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4916 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004917
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004918- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004919 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4920 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4921 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004922
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08004923- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4924 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4925 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4926 It is loaded by the SPL.
4927
Ying Zhang5df572f2013-05-20 14:07:23 +08004928- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4929 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4930 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4931 previous 4k of the .text section.
4932
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00004933- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4934 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4935 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4936 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4937 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4938 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4939 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4940 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4941
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00004942- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
4943 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
4944 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
4945 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
4946 conditions but may increase the binary size.
4947
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00004948- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4949 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4950 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00004951
Mark Jacksonfc337052013-03-04 01:27:20 +00004952- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4953 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4954
4955 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
Gabe Black5b5ece92012-11-29 16:23:41 +00004956
Heiko Schocher16678eb2013-11-04 14:05:00 +01004957- CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
4958 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
4959
Karicheri, Muralidharan999d7d32014-04-04 13:16:50 -04004960- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
4961 Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver
4962 driver that uses this:
4963 drivers/mtd/nand/davinci_nand.c
4964
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004965Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4966-----------------------------------
4967
4968The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4969loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4970This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4971are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4972within that device.
4973
Zhao Qiangdcf1d772014-03-21 16:21:44 +08004974- CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4975 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The
4976 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4977 is also specified.
4978
4979- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR
4980 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004981 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4982 is also specified.
4983
4984- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4985 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4986 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4987 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4988 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4989
4990- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4991 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4992 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
4993 virtual address in NOR flash.
4994
4995- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
4996 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
4997 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
4998
4999- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
5000 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
5001 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
5002
5003- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
5004 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
5005 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
5006
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00005007- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
5008 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
5009 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00005010 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
5011 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
5012 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06005013
J. German Riverab940ca62014-06-23 15:15:55 -07005014Freescale Layerscape Management Complex Firmware Support:
5015---------------------------------------------------------
5016The Freescale Layerscape Management Complex (MC) supports the loading of
5017"firmware".
5018This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
5019are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
5020within that device.
5021
5022- CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET
5023 Enable the MC driver for Layerscape SoCs.
5024
5025- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR
5026 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
5027 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_xxx macro
5028 is also specified.
5029
5030- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_LENGTH
5031 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
5032 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
5033 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
5034 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
5035
5036- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_NOR
5037 Specifies that MC firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
5038 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR is the
5039 virtual address in NOR flash.
5040
Prabhakar Kushwaha5c055082015-06-02 10:55:52 +05305041Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support:
5042-------------------------------------------
5043The Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support supports the loading of
5044"Debug Server firmware" and triggering SP boot-rom.
5045This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting.
5046
5047- CONFIG_FSL_DEBUG_SERVER
5048 Enable the Debug Server for Layerscape SoCs.
5049
5050- CONFIG_SYS_DEBUG_SERVER_DRAM_BLOCK_MIN_SIZE
5051 Define minimum DDR size required for debug server image
5052
5053- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE_MIN
5054 Define minimum DDR size to be hided from top of the DDR memory
5055
Paul Kocialkowskif3f431a2015-07-26 18:48:15 +02005056Reproducible builds
5057-------------------
5058
5059In order to achieve reproducible builds, timestamps used in the U-Boot build
5060process have to be set to a fixed value.
5061
5062This is done using the SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH environment variable.
5063SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH is to be set on the build host's shell, not as a configuration
5064option for U-Boot or an environment variable in U-Boot.
5065
5066SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH should be set to a number of seconds since the epoch, in UTC.
5067
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005068Building the Software:
5069======================
5070
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005071Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
5072and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
5073all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
5074(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
5075recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
5076which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005077
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005078If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
5079have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
5080you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
5081Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
5082necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005083
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005084 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
5085 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005086
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05005087Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
5088 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
5089 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
5090 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
5091
5092 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
5093
5094 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
5095 be executed on computers running Windows.
5096
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005097U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
5098sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005099is done by typing:
5100
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005101 make NAME_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005102
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005103where "NAME_defconfig" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00005104rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00005105
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005106Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
5107 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
5108 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
5109 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005110 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005111
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005112 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005113 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005114
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005115 make TQM823L_LCD_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005116 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005117
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005118 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005119
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005120
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005121Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
5122images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005123
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005124- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
5125- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
5126- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005127
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005128By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
5129in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
5130this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
5131
51321. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
5133
5134 make O=/tmp/build distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005135 make O=/tmp/build NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005136 make O=/tmp/build all
5137
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +020051382. Set environment variable KBUILD_OUTPUT to point to the desired location:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005139
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +02005140 export KBUILD_OUTPUT=/tmp/build
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005141 make distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005142 make NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005143 make all
5144
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +02005145Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the KBUILD_OUTPUT environment
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005146variable.
5147
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005148
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005149Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
5150for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
5151native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005152
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005153
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005154If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
5155to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
5156steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005157
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000051581. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00005159 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
5160 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000051612. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
5162 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
5163 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
51643. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
5165 your board
51663. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
5167 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +020051684. Run "make <board>_defconfig" with your new name.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000051695. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
5170 to be installed on your target system.
51716. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
5172 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005173
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005174
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005175Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
5176==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005177
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005178If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
5179or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005180provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
5181the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005182official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005183
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005184But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
5185cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005186the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
5187just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005188for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
5189select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
5190environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
5191you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005192
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005193 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005194
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005195or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005196
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005197 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005198
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005199When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
5200U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
5201setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
5202built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
5203<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
5204location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
5205variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005206
5207 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
5208 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
5209 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
5210
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005211With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
5212log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
5213during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005214
5215
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005216See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005217
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005218
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005219Monitor Commands - Overview:
5220============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005221
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005222go - start application at address 'addr'
5223run - run commands in an environment variable
5224bootm - boot application image from memory
5225bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005226bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005227tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
5228 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
5229 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00005230tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005231rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
5232diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
5233loads - load S-Record file over serial line
5234loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
5235md - memory display
5236mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
5237nm - memory modify (constant address)
5238mw - memory write (fill)
5239cp - memory copy
5240cmp - memory compare
5241crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05005242i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005243sspi - SPI utility commands
5244base - print or set address offset
5245printenv- print environment variables
5246setenv - set environment variables
5247saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
5248protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
5249erase - erase FLASH memory
5250flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00005251nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005252bdinfo - print Board Info structure
5253iminfo - print header information for application image
5254coninfo - print console devices and informations
5255ide - IDE sub-system
5256loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00005257loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005258mtest - simple RAM test
5259icache - enable or disable instruction cache
5260dcache - enable or disable data cache
5261reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
5262echo - echo args to console
5263version - print monitor version
5264help - print online help
5265? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005266
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005267
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005268Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
5269========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005270
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005271TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005272
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005273For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005274
5275
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005276Environment Variables:
5277======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005278
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005279U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
5280can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005281
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005282Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
5283"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
5284without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
5285environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
5286working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
5287environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005288
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005289Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
5290
5291List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005292
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005293 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005294
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005295 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005296
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005297 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005298
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005299 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005300
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005301 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005302
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02005303 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
5304 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
5305 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
5306 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
5307 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
5308 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00005309 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
5310 bootm_mapsize.
5311
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005312 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00005313 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
5314 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
5315 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
5316 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
5317 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
5318 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02005319
5320 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
5321 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
5322 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
5323 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
5324 environment variable.
5325
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02005326 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
5327 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
5328 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
5329
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005330 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
5331 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
5332 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
5333 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005334
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005335 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
5336 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
5337 be automatically started (by internally calling
5338 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005339
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005340 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
5341 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
5342 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
5343 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
5344 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005345
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04005346 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
5347 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00005348 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
5349 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
5350 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
5351 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
5352 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
5353 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
5354 access it during the boot procedure.
5355
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04005356 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
5357 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
5358 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
5359 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
5360 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
5361 must be accessible by the kernel.
5362
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00005363 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
5364 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
5365 defined.
5366
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00005367 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
5368 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
5369 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
5370 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
5371 it must be saved and board must be reset.
5372
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005373 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
5374 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
5375 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
5376 is usually what you want since it allows for
5377 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
5378 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005379 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005380 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
5381 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
5382 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
5383 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005384
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005385 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
5386 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
5387 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
5388 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
5389 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
5390 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005391
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005392 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005393
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005394 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
5395 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
5396 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
5397 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
5398 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
5399 boot time on your system, but requires that this
5400 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00005401
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005402 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005403
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005404 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
5405 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005406
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005407 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005408
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005409 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00005410
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005411 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005412
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005413 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005414
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005415 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005416
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00005417 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005418
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00005419 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
5420 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005421
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02005422 => setenv ethact FEC
5423 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
5424 => setenv ethact SCC
5425 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005426
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01005427 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
5428 available network interfaces.
5429 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
5430
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005431 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005432 either succeed or fail without retrying.
5433 When set to "once" the network operation will
5434 fail when all the available network interfaces
5435 are tried once without success.
5436 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
5437 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005438
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01005439 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01005440
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005441 silent_linux - If set then Linux will be told to boot silently, by
Simon Glass8d51aac2013-07-16 20:10:00 -07005442 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
5443 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
5444 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
5445 is silent.
5446
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02005447 tftpsrcp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02005448 UDP source port.
5449
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02005450 tftpdstp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02005451 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
5452
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005453 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
5454 we use the TFTP server's default block size
5455
5456 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
5457 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
5458 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
5459 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
5460 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
5461 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
5462 with unreliable TFTP servers.
5463
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02005464 tftptimeoutcountmax - maximum count of TFTP timeouts (no
5465 unit, minimum value = 0). Defines how many timeouts
5466 can happen during a single file transfer before that
5467 transfer is aborted. The default is 10, and 0 means
5468 'no timeouts allowed'. Increasing this value may help
5469 downloads succeed with high packet loss rates, or with
5470 unreliable TFTP servers or client hardware.
5471
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005472 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005473 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005474 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005475
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005476The following image location variables contain the location of images
5477used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
5478not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
5479variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
5480server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
5481loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
5482flash or offset in NAND flash.
5483
5484*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
Fabio Estevamaed9fed2015-04-25 18:53:10 -03005485boards currently use other variables for these purposes, and some
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005486boards use these variables for other purposes.
5487
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005488Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
5489----- --------- ----------- --------------
5490u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
5491Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
5492device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
5493ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005494
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005495The following environment variables may be used and automatically
5496updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
5497depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005498
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005499 bootfile - see above
5500 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
5501 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
5502 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
5503 hostname - Target hostname
5504 ipaddr - see above
5505 netmask - Subnet Mask
5506 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
5507 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005508
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005509
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005510There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005511
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005512 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
5513 as type string and/or serial number
5514 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005515
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005516These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
5517the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
5518once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005519
5520
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005521Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005522
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005523 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
5524 with the "version" command. This variable is
5525 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005526
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005527
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005528Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
5529only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005530
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005531
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005532Callback functions for environment variables:
5533---------------------------------------------
5534
5535For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005536when their values are changed. This functionality allows functions to
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005537be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
5538deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
5539effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
5540
5541The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
5542U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
5543
5544These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
5545static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
5546in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
5547associations. The list must be in the following format:
5548
5549 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
5550 list = entry[,list]
5551
5552If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
5553Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
5554
5555Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
5556with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
5557override any association in the static list. You can define
5558CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005559".callbacks" environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005560
Joe Hershbergerbdf1fe42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05005561If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
5562regular expression. This allows multiple variables to be connected to
5563the same callback without explicitly listing them all out.
5564
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005565
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005566Command Line Parsing:
5567=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005568
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005569There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
5570the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005571
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005572Old, simple command line parser:
5573--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005574
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005575- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
5576- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005577- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005578- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
5579 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005580 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005581- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
5582 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005583
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005584Hush shell:
5585-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005586
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005587- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
5588 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
5589 until...do...done, ...
5590- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
5591 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
5592 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
5593 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005594
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005595General rules:
5596--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005597
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005598(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
5599 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
5600 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
5601 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005602
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005603(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005604 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005605 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
5606 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005607
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005608Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
5609=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005610
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005611Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005612such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
5613"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005614
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005615Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
5616MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
5617"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005618
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005619If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
5620in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
5621ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
5622variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005623
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005624o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
5625 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005626
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005627o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
5628 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
5629 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005630
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005631o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
5632 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005633
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005634o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
5635 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
5636 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005637
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005638o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
Joe Hershbergerbef10142015-05-04 14:55:13 -05005639 is raised. If CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR is defined, then in this case
5640 a random, locally-assigned MAC is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005641
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005642If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005643will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005644may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
5645The naming convention is as follows:
5646"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005647
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005648Image Formats:
5649==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005650
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01005651U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
5652images in two formats:
5653
5654New uImage format (FIT)
5655-----------------------
5656
5657Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
5658to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
5659components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
5660SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
5661
5662
5663Old uImage format
5664-----------------
5665
5666Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
5667preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
5668details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005669
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005670* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
5671 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05005672 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
5673 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
5674 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02005675* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005676 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
5677 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005678* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
5679* Load Address
5680* Entry Point
5681* Image Name
5682* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005683
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005684The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
5685and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
5686CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005687
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005688
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005689Linux Support:
5690==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005691
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005692Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
5693easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
5694U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005695
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005696U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
5697special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
5698"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
5699instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
5700serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005701
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005702- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
5703 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
5704 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005705
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005706- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
5707 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005708
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005709- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
5710 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
5711 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
5712 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
5713 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
5714 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005715
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005716
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005717Linux HOWTO:
5718============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005719
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005720Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
5721---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005722
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005723U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
5724configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
5725(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
5726Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005727
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005728But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005729
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005730Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
5731include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02005732Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
5733and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005734as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005735
Simon Glass2eb31b12014-06-11 23:29:46 -06005736Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers.
5737If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there
5738is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See
5739doc/driver-model.
5740
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005741
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005742Configuring the Linux kernel:
5743-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005744
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005745No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
5746device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005747
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005748
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005749Building a Linux Image:
5750-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005751
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005752With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
5753not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
5754"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
5755U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
5756which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
5757100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005758
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005759Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005760
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005761 make TQM850L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005762 make oldconfig
5763 make dep
5764 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005765
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005766The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
5767encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
5768CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005769
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005770* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005771
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005772* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005773
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005774 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5775 -R .note -R .comment \
5776 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005777
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005778* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005779
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005780 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005781
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005782* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005783
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005784 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5785 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5786 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005787
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005788
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005789The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5790with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5791combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5792byte header containing information about target architecture,
5793operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5794stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005795
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005796"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5797print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005798
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005799In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5800contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5801checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005802
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005803 tools/mkimage -l image
5804 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005805
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005806The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5807from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005808
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005809 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5810 -n name -d data_file image
5811 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5812 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5813 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5814 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5815 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5816 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5817 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5818 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005819
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00005820Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5821address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5822kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005823
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005824- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5825- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005826
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005827So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005828
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005829 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5830 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005831 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005832 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5833 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5834 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5835 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5836 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5837 Load Address: 0x00000000
5838 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005839
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005840To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005841
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005842 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5843 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5844 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5845 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5846 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5847 Load Address: 0x00000000
5848 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005849
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005850NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5851speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5852needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5853need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005854
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005855 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005856 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5857 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005858 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005859 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5860 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5861 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5862 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5863 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5864 Load Address: 0x00000000
5865 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005866
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005867
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005868Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5869when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005870
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005871 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5872 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5873 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5874 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5875 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5876 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5877 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5878 Load Address: 0x00000000
5879 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005880
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005881The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
5882option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
5883option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
5884from the image:
5885
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraf41f5b72015-01-15 02:54:40 -02005886 tools/dumpimage -i image -T type -p position data_file
5887 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file'
5888 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5889 -p ==> 'position' (starting at 0) of the 'data_file' inside the 'image'
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005890
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005891
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005892Installing a Linux Image:
5893-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005894
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005895To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5896you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005897
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005898 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005899
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005900The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5901image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5902address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5903specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5904command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005905
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005906Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5907TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005908
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005909 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005910
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005911 .......... done
5912 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005913
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005914 => loads 40100000
5915 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5916 ~>examples/image.srec
5917 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5918 ...
5919 15989 15990 15991 15992
5920 [file transfer complete]
5921 [connected]
5922 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005923
5924
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005925You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005926this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005927corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005928
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005929 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005930
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005931 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5932 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5933 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5934 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5935 Load Address: 00000000
5936 Entry Point: 0000000c
5937 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005938
5939
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005940Boot Linux:
5941-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005942
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005943The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5944memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5945of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5946parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5947"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005948
5949
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005950 => printenv bootargs
5951 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005952
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005953 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005954
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005955 => printenv bootargs
5956 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005957
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005958 => bootm 40020000
5959 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5960 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5961 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5962 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5963 Load Address: 00000000
5964 Entry Point: 0000000c
5965 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5966 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5967 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5968 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5969 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5970 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5971 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5972 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005973
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005974If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005975the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5976format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005977
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005978 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005979
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005980 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5981 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5982 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5983 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5984 Load Address: 00000000
5985 Entry Point: 0000000c
5986 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005987
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005988 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5989 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5990 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5991 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5992 Load Address: 00000000
5993 Entry Point: 00000000
5994 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005995
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005996 => bootm 40100000 40200000
5997 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
5998 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5999 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
6000 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
6001 Load Address: 00000000
6002 Entry Point: 0000000c
6003 Verifying Checksum ... OK
6004 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
6005 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
6006 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
6007 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
6008 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
6009 Load Address: 00000000
6010 Entry Point: 00000000
6011 Verifying Checksum ... OK
6012 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
6013 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
6014 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
6015 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
6016 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
6017 ...
6018 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
6019 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006020
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006021 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006022
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05006023Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
6024-----------
6025
6026First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
6027titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
6028following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
6029flat device tree:
6030
6031=> print oftaddr
6032oftaddr=0x300000
6033=> print oft
6034oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
6035=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
6036Speed: 1000, full duplex
6037Using TSEC0 device
6038TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
6039Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
6040Load address: 0x300000
6041Loading: #
6042done
6043Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
6044=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
6045Speed: 1000, full duplex
6046Using TSEC0 device
6047TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
6048Filename 'uImage'.
6049Load address: 0x200000
6050Loading:############
6051done
6052Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
6053=> print loadaddr
6054loadaddr=200000
6055=> print oftaddr
6056oftaddr=0x300000
6057=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
6058## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01006059 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
6060 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
6061 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05006062 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01006063 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05006064 Verifying Checksum ... OK
6065 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
6066Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
6067Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
6068Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
6069[snip]
6070
6071
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006072More About U-Boot Image Types:
6073------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00006074
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006075U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00006076
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006077 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
6078 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
6079 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
6080 the Standalone Program.
6081 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
6082 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
6083 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
6084 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
6085 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
6086 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
6087 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
6088 being started.
6089 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
6090 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
6091 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
6092 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
6093 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
6094 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00006095
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006096 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
6097 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
6098 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
6099 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
6100 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
6101 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00006102
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006103 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
6104 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
6105 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00006106
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006107 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
6108 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
6109 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
6110 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00006111
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00006112Booting the Linux zImage:
6113-------------------------
6114
6115On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
6116using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
6117as the syntax of "bootm" command.
6118
Tom Rini8ac28562013-05-16 11:40:11 -04006119Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00006120kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
6121address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
6122format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
6123
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006124
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006125Standalone HOWTO:
6126=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006127
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006128One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
6129run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
6130U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006131
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006132Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006133
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006134"Hello World" Demo:
6135-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006136
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006137'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
6138application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
6139It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
6140like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006141
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006142 => loads
6143 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
6144 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
6145 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
6146 [file transfer complete]
6147 [connected]
6148 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006149
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006150 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
6151 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
6152 Hello World
6153 argc = 7
6154 argv[0] = "40004"
6155 argv[1] = "Hello"
6156 argv[2] = "World!"
6157 argv[3] = "This"
6158 argv[4] = "is"
6159 argv[5] = "a"
6160 argv[6] = "test."
6161 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
6162 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006163
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006164 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006165
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006166Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
6167handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
6168Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
6169The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
6170character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
6171controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006172
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006173 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
6174 b - enable interrupts and start timer
6175 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
6176 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006177
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006178 => loads
6179 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
6180 ~>examples/timer.srec
6181 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
6182 [file transfer complete]
6183 [connected]
6184 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006185
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006186 => go 40004
6187 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
6188 TIMERS=0xfff00980
6189 Using timer 1
6190 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006191
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006192Hit 'b':
6193 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
6194 Enabling timer
6195Hit '?':
6196 [q, b, e, ?] ........
6197 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
6198Hit '?':
6199 [q, b, e, ?] .
6200 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
6201Hit '?':
6202 [q, b, e, ?] .
6203 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
6204Hit '?':
6205 [q, b, e, ?] .
6206 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
6207Hit 'e':
6208 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
6209Hit 'q':
6210 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006211
6212
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006213Minicom warning:
6214================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00006215
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006216Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
6217"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
6218consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
6219Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
6220especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00006221use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
6222http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
6223for help with kermit.
6224
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00006225
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006226Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
6227configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00006228
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006229 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
6230 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
6231 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00006232
6233
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006234NetBSD Notes:
6235=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006236
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006237Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
6238(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006239
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006240Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
6241NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
6242need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
6243Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
6244attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
6245missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006246
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006247 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
6248 # mkdir powerpc
6249 # ln -s powerpc machine
6250 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
6251 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006252
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006253Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
6254and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006255
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006256Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
6257stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
6258proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
6259tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00006260meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006261
6262
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006263Implementation Internals:
6264=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006265
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006266The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
6267implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
6268inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
6269hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006270
6271
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006272Initial Stack, Global Data:
6273---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006274
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006275The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
6276starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
6277system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
6278This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
6279is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
6280at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
6281options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
6282models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
6283MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
6284locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006285
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006286 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006287 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006288
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006289 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
6290 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
6291 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
6292 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006293
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006294 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
6295 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
6296 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
6297 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
6298 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006299 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006300 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
6301 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006302
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006303 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
6304 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006305 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006306 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
6307 board designers haven't used it for something that would
6308 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
6309 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006310
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02006311 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006312 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
6313 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02006314 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006315 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
6316 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
6317 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
6318 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
6319 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006320
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006321 -Chris Hallinan
6322 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006323
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006324It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
6325code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006326
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006327* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
6328 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006329
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006330* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitly initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006331 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
6332 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006333
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006334* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
6335 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006336
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006337Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006338normal global data to share information between the code. But it
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006339turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
6340simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
6341functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
6342functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
6343the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
6344place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
6345reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006346
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006347When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
6348relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
6349GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006350
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006351For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
6352 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01006353 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006354 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
6355 R5-R10: parameter passing
6356 R13: small data area pointer
6357 R30: GOT pointer
6358 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006359
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01006360 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
6361 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
6362 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006363
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01006364 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006365
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006366 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
6367 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
6368 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
6369 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
6370 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
6371 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006372
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00006373On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05006374 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
6375
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00006376 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05006377
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006378On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006379
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006380 R0: function argument word/integer result
6381 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02006382 R9: platform specific
6383 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006384 R11: argument (frame) pointer
6385 R12: temporary workspace
6386 R13: stack pointer
6387 R14: link register
6388 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006389
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02006390 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
6391
6392 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006393
Thomas Chou0df01fd32010-05-21 11:08:03 +08006394On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
6395 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
6396
6397 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
6398
6399 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
6400 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
6401
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00006402On NDS32, the following registers are used:
6403
6404 R0-R1: argument/return
6405 R2-R5: argument
6406 R15: temporary register for assembler
6407 R16: trampoline register
6408 R28: frame pointer (FP)
6409 R29: global pointer (GP)
6410 R30: link register (LP)
6411 R31: stack pointer (SP)
6412 PC: program counter (PC)
6413
6414 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
6415
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02006416NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
6417or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006418
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006419Memory Management:
6420------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006421
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006422U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
6423MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006424
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006425The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
6426controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
6427memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
6428physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006429
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006430U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
6431TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
6432booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
6433to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02006434memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006435configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
6436Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006437
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006438Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
6439of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006440
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006441So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
6442this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006443
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006444 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
6445 :
6446 0x0000 1FFF
6447 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
6448 :
6449 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006450
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006451 :
6452 :
6453 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
6454 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
6455 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
6456 :
6457 0x00FD FFFF
6458 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
6459 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
6460 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
6461 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006462
6463
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006464System Initialization:
6465----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006466
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006467In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006468(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006469configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the on board Flash memory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006470To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
6471To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
6472initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
6473which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
6474part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
6475the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006476
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006477Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
6478preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
6479(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
6480on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
6481programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
6482simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
6483banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006484
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006485When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
6486different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
6487bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
64880x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
6489contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006490
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006491Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
6492and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
6493Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
6494pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006495
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006496Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
6497until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
6498running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
6499new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006500
6501
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006502U-Boot Porting Guide:
6503----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006504
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006505[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
6506list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006507
6508
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006509int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006510{
6511 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006512
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006513 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
6514 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006515
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006516 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006517 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006518 return 0;
6519 }
6520
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006521 Download latest U-Boot source;
6522
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006523 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006524
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006525 if (clueless)
6526 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006527
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006528 while (learning) {
6529 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006530 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
6531 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006532 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006533 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006534 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006535
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006536 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
6537 Buy a BDI3000;
6538 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006539 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006540
6541 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
6542 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
6543 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
6544 } else {
6545 Create your own board support subdirectory;
6546 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006547 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006548 Edit new board/<myboard> files
6549 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006550
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006551 while (!accepted) {
6552 while (!running) {
6553 do {
6554 Add / modify source code;
6555 } until (compiles);
6556 Debug;
6557 if (clueless)
6558 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
6559 }
6560 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
6561 if (reasonable critiques)
6562 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
6563 else
6564 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006565 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006566
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006567 return 0;
6568}
6569
6570void no_more_time (int sig)
6571{
6572 hire_a_guru();
6573}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006574
6575
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006576Coding Standards:
6577-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006578
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006579All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006580coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006581"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006582
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006583Source files originating from a different project (for example the
6584MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006585reformatted to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006586sources.
6587
6588Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
6589Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
6590in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006591
6592Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
6593- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006594- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006595- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006596- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006597- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
6598
6599Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
6600with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006601
6602
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006603Submitting Patches:
6604-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006605
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006606Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
6607establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
6608may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006609
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02006610Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006611
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006612Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
6613see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
6614
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006615When you send a patch, please include the following information with
6616it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006617
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006618* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
6619 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
6620 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006621
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006622* For new features: a description of the feature and your
6623 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006624
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006625* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
6626
6627* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
6628
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +02006629* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
6630 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006631
6632* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
6633 document these in the README file.
6634
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006635* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
6636 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006637 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006638 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
6639 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006640
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006641 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
6642 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
6643 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006644
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006645 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
6646 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
6647 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
6648 affected files).
6649
6650 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
6651 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006652
6653* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
6654 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
6655
6656* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
6657 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
6658
6659
6660Notes:
6661
6662* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
6663 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
6664 for any of the boards.
6665
6666* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
6667 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
6668 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
6669
6670* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
6671 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
6672 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
6673 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
6674 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
6675 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00006676
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006677* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
6678 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
6679 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
6680 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.